TW201126269A - Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same - Google Patents

Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201126269A
TW201126269A TW99133158A TW99133158A TW201126269A TW 201126269 A TW201126269 A TW 201126269A TW 99133158 A TW99133158 A TW 99133158A TW 99133158 A TW99133158 A TW 99133158A TW 201126269 A TW201126269 A TW 201126269A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
compound
resin composition
acid
photosensitive resin
Prior art date
Application number
TW99133158A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Hideyuki Nakamura
Kenta Yamazaki
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201126269A publication Critical patent/TW201126269A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)

Abstract

This invention is to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device that is capable of forming patterns having higher line width sensitivity and excellent straightness and heat-resistance. This invention relates to a colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, which includes (A) colorant, (B) compound with polymerization properties, (C) photo-polymerization initiator, (D) resin, (E) surfactant. The molecules of resin (D) contain 50-90 mole% of structure unit selected from at least one of the following groups composed of: (D-1) the structure unit expressed by general formula (I) and (D-2) the structure element of N-p substituted phenyl maleimide and structure unit with acid group, and have weight-average molecular weight in the range between 10000 to 100000.

Description

I 201126269 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合 物、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片之製造方法、彩色渡光片 及包含其之顯示裝置。 【先前技術】 彩色據光片係液晶顯示器不可或缺之構成零件。液晶顯 示器作為顯示裝置與CRT相比,體積小、省電,且隨著技 術進步在性能方面達到CRT之同等水平以上,因此電視畫 面、電腦畫面、其他顯示裝置逐漸由CRT轉為採用液晶顯 示器。 ‘ 近年來,液晶顯示器之開發由畫面相對較小之電腦、螢 幕之用途向畫面較大且要求高畫質之1¥用途展開。 於TV用途中,與先前之螢幕用途相比, 質、即提高對比度及色純度。為了提高對比度,要求:於 形成彩色濾、光片的著色感光性樹脂組合物所使用之著色齊 (有機顏料等)之粒子尺寸更加微小。又,為了提高色钟 度’要求著色劑(有機顏料)在該著㈣光性樹脂組合物之 固形物成分中所占的含有率更高。 一〜Ή土又刀σ佩御亚且分散^ 高之顏料分散組合物。4了提高顏料之分散性,通⑸ 將駄菁顏料之表面利用其衍生物化合物進行改質,使月 吸附在經改質之表面的具有極性官能基之低分子量樹用 分散劑’實現顏料之分散化乃至分散穩定化,同時獲詞 I47900.doc 201126269 有顏料、表面改質劑、分散劑之顏料分散組合物。其後, 使所獲得之㈣分餘合物^含杨可溶性樹脂、光聚 合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及其他成分而製成感光性組合 物,使用該感光性組合物藉由光微影法等獲得彩色遽光 若顏料微細化且顏料之含有率提高,則存在如下問題: 於藉由光微影法形成圖像圖案時,線寬感度會減低(線寬 變細)等。於TV用途中’尤其要求廉價地提供彩色遽光 片,為了應對上述之主要在顯影步驟產生之問題,需要於 曝光步驟中提高曝光量,即延長曝光時間。心上述情況 會降低良率,使生產性變故而要求對其進行改良。 為了解決上述問題,現已提出有藉由改良彩色濾光片用 :感光性樹脂組合物所使用之光聚合起始劑而提高線寬感 -的嘗‘例如揭示有:使用有特定結構之三ρ井系化合物 之光=合'11組合物(例如參照專利文獻υ,或將二苯甲酬 六笨乙酮系、9_氧硫口山口星系化合物之^種或之種以上混合 使用的彩色渡光片用光阻劑(例如參照專利文獻2)等。 又,作為其他提案,揭示有:規定將著色感練樹脂組 合物中之黏合樹脂與聚合性單體合計而得之有機化合物中 之平均雙鍵當量’ $而特別規定黏合樹脂之分子量,而藉 由煅燒形成錐形的技術(參照專利文獻3)。 、進而提出有.並非利用藉由紫外光雷射之曝光用著色感 光性樹脂組合物,而是❹含有稀丙基之結著樹脂,來製 備南感度且顯影寬容度較廣之著色樹脂組合物(例如參照 147900.doc 201126269 專利文獻4、5)。又,接屮古·茲山 钕出有.藉由將N-笨基馬來醯亞胺 共聚物用於結著樹脂,而提供色彩再現性良好之藍色彩色 遽光片用感放射線性組合物(例如參照專利文獻小然而, 該等技術在藉由紫外光雷射之曝光步驟、_步驟中之生 產性差,無法確保充分之生產性。^,無法降低彩色渡 光片之價格。 為了提高曝光步驟、顯影步驟之生產性,提出有利用雷 射光進行曝光’而進行圖案成形(例如參照專利文 射與通常使用之水銀燈不同,作為呈 J忭馬具有如下特徵者而備受 期待:直線性較高,輸出亦較大,另外亦可聚焦無需曝 光步驟中之圖案形成之遮罩。然而,即使採用上述先前技 術,在顯料驟巾像素表面變得⑽,或圖案之線寬感度 不充分等方面’仍未滿足彩色渡光片所要求之特性。又, 就降低彩色濾光片之總成本方面而言,作為曝光裝置,提 f有不使用較大之光罩者(例如參照專利文獻8、但 是,並未提示具體材料,業界期待提出適合此等裝置之材 料。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]曰本專利特開平6_2896丨丨號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特開平9_8〇225號公報 [專利文獻3]曰本專利特開2007-93811號公報 [專利文獻4]曰本專利特開平1〇_2〇496號公報 [專利文獻5]國際公開2007/29871號手冊 147900.doc 201126269 [專利文獻6]日本專利第3632532號公報 [專利文獻7]曰本專利特開2003-2876 14號公報 [專利文獻8]曰本專利特開2008-76709號公報 [專利文獻9]日本專利特開2008-5 1866號公報 【發明内容】 [發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明之目的在於提供一種可形成線寬感度較高,直線 性及耐熱性優異之圖案的紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組 合物及使用其之圖案形成方法,尤其是提供一種適合形成 彩色慮光片之著色像素等的紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂 組合物及圖案形成方法。 又,本發明之進一步目的在於提供一種使用上述本發明 之圖案形成方法的具有線寬感度較高,進而耐熱性優異之 著色圖案的彩色濾光片之製造方法,藉由該方法獲得之彩 色濾光片及具備該彩色濾光片之顯示裝置。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明者經潛心研究,結果發現藉由以下方法可解決上 述課題。 一種紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物,其至少含 有(A)著色劑、(B)聚合性化合物、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D) 樹脂、及(E)界面活性劑,上述(D)樹脂係分子内含有5〇莫 耳%〜90莫耳%之選自由(ΕΜ)下述通式⑴所表示之結構單 兀及(D-2)具有Ν位-取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元所組成 群中之至少1種結構單元、及具有酸性基之結構單元,且 147900.doc 201126269 重量平均分子量在10000〜100000之範圍内者。 [化1] (CH2CR6^- c=o o P”1 (I) °~~c—c=c R5 R2 通式⑴中R〜R5分別獨立表示氮原子、齒素原子、氛 基、烧基或芳基,R6表Μ原子或甲基。 &lt;2&gt;如&lt;1&gt;之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物,其中 上述(c)光聚合起始劑為下述通式(II)所表示之化合物。 [化2] 〇I 201126269 VI. [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet light laser, a pattern forming method, a method for producing a color filter, a color light-emitting sheet, and the like Display device. [Prior Art] A color-based light-film-based liquid crystal display is an indispensable component. Compared with CRTs, liquid crystal displays are smaller and more power-efficient than CRTs, and as technology advances to the same level as CRTs in terms of performance, TV screens, computer screens, and other display devices are gradually being converted from CRTs to liquid crystal displays. ‘In recent years, the development of liquid crystal displays has been carried out by the use of computers and screens with relatively small screens, and for the use of large-size images that require high image quality. In TV applications, the quality, ie contrast and color purity, is improved compared to previous screen applications. In order to improve the contrast, it is required that the color of the colored color (organic pigment or the like) used in the colored photosensitive resin composition for forming a color filter or a light sheet is further small. Further, in order to increase the color clock degree, the coloring agent (organic pigment) is required to have a higher content ratio in the solid content of the (four) photo-resin composition. A ~ Ή 又 又 σ 佩 佩 且 且 且 且 且 且 高 高 高 高 高 高 高4, to improve the dispersibility of the pigment, (5) the surface of the phthalocyanine pigment is modified with its derivative compound, so that the low molecular weight tree dispersant having a polar functional group adsorbed on the modified surface is realized as a pigment. Dispersion or even dispersion stabilization, while obtaining the pigment dispersion composition of pigment, surface modifier and dispersant, is obtained from the word I47900.doc 201126269. Thereafter, the obtained (four) sub-compound contains a male soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and other components to prepare a photosensitive composition, and the photosensitive composition is used for photolithography. When the color is reduced by the method, and the pigment content is improved, there is a problem that the image width of the line width is reduced (the line width is reduced) when the image pattern is formed by the photolithography method. In TV applications, it is particularly desirable to provide color calenders inexpensively, and in order to cope with the problems mainly caused by the development steps described above, it is necessary to increase the exposure amount in the exposure step, that is, to extend the exposure time. The above situation will reduce the yield and make the production change and require improvement. In order to solve the above problems, it has been proposed to improve the feeling of line width by improving the photopolymerization initiator used in the photosensitive resin composition for color filters, for example, by using a specific structure. Light of the ρ well compound = the composition of the '11' (for example, refer to the patent document υ, or the color of the mixture of the benzophenone ketone and the 9-oxo sulphate stellate compound or more or more In the organic compound obtained by adding the binder resin and the polymerizable monomer in the colored resin composition, The technique of forming a taper by calcination by specifying the molecular weight of the binder resin by an average double bond equivalent '$ (refer to Patent Document 3). Further, it is proposed to use a coloring photosensitive resin which is not used for exposure by ultraviolet light. The composition is a enamel-containing resin containing a propylene group to prepare a colored resin composition having a south sensitivity and a wide development latitude (for example, refer to 147900.doc 201126269 Patent Documents 4 and 5). · 钕山钕出. By using N-stupyl maleimide copolymer for the resin, it provides a linear composition for blue color calender with good color reproducibility (for example, refer to the patent) However, these techniques are incapable of ensuring sufficient productivity in the exposure step by ultraviolet laser exposure, and the productivity in the step is not sufficient to reduce the price of the color light-emitting sheet. In order to improve the exposure step and the development step In terms of productivity, it is proposed to perform exposure by laser light exposure (for example, the patented ray is different from the mercury lamp which is usually used, and it is expected to have the following characteristics: the linearity is high, and the output is also Larger, it is also possible to focus on the mask formed without the pattern in the exposure step. However, even with the above prior art, the surface of the pixel of the material is becoming (10), or the line width sensitivity of the pattern is insufficient. It satisfies the characteristics required for color light-emitting sheets. Moreover, as far as the total cost of color filters is reduced, as an exposure device, there is a case where a large mask is not used (for example) As described in Patent Document 8, however, specific materials are not suggested, and the industry expects to propose a material suitable for such devices. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6_2896 No. Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. 2007-93811 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. International Publication No. 2007/29871 Handbook No. 147900.doc 201126269 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent No. 3632532 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-2876 No. 14 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008- [Patent Document 9] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2008-5 1866 [Draft of the Invention] [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] An object of the present invention is to provide a line width sensitivity, linearity, and heat resistance. The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet lasers having excellent pattern and the pattern forming method using the same, and in particular to provide a coloring photosensitive resin for ultraviolet laser which is suitable for forming colored pixels of a color filter And a pattern forming method thereof. Moreover, a further object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a color filter having a color pattern having a high line width sensitivity and further excellent heat resistance, which is obtained by the method of the present invention, and a color filter obtained by the method. A light sheet and a display device having the color filter. [Means for Solving the Problems] As a result of intensive research, the inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following methods. A coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet light laser containing at least (A) a coloring agent, (B) a polymerizable compound, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) a resin, and (E) a surfactant The above (D) resin contains 5 〇 mol% to 90 mol% in the molecule selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the following formula (1) and (D-2) having the oxime-substituted Malay. At least one structural unit consisting of a structural unit of a quinone imine group, and a structural unit having an acidic group, and 147900.doc 201126269 has a weight average molecular weight in the range of 10,000 to 100,000. (CH2CR6^- c=oo P"1 (I) °~~c-c=c R5 R2 In the formula (1), R to R5 independently represent a nitrogen atom, a dentate atom, an aryl group, an alkyl group or The aryl group, the R6 is a ruthenium atom or a methyl group. The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser light according to <1>, wherein the (c) photopolymerization initiator is the following formula (II) ) the compound represented. [Chemical 2] 〇

價有機基’ Ar表示若其 1 (II) 土。n為0〜5之整數。X存在複數個 時,複數個X各自獨立* - ^ α „ 表不—價取代基,可相同亦可不 同。 &lt;3&gt;如&lt;1&gt;或&lt;2&gt;之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂誕合 147900.doc 201126269 物,其中上述(B)聚合性化合物含有分子内含有$個以上' 15個以下之聚合性基的化合物與分子内含有丨個以上、4個 以下之聚合性基的化合物。 &lt;4〉如 &lt;卜至&lt;3&gt;中任一項之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹 脂組合物,其更含有⑺增感劑,該(F)增感劑為單官能硫 醇化合物。 &lt;5&gt;如&lt;2&gt;至&lt;4&gt;中任一項之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹 脂組合物’其中上述通式(„)所表示之光聚合起始劑之含 量相對於紫外光雷射用|色感光性樹脂組合4勿中之全部固 形物成分100質量份而為5〜20質量份。 &lt;6&gt; -種圖案形成方法,其具有如下步驟:於基板上形成 包含如少至&lt;5&gt;中任—項之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂 組合物的層,#用紫外光將其雷射曝光為圖案狀並使曝 光區域硬化的曝光步驟;以及除去未曝光區域之顯影步 &lt;7&gt;如&lt;6&gt;之圖案形成方法,其中上述紫外光雷射之曝光 波長在300 nm〜38〇 nm之範圍内。 &lt;8&gt;如&lt;6&gt;或&lt;7&gt;之圖案形成方法,复中上沭呰冰丄# u /、Y上迷紫外光雷射 係以20〜2000 Hz之頻率振盪之脈衝 &lt;9&gt;種*色據光片之製造方法,其具有如下步驟:藉由 = &gt;至&lt;8&gt;中任—項之圖案形成方法,於基板 ^ 圖案的步驟。 &gt;取者巴 &lt;10&gt; 造。 一種彩色濾光片 ,其係藉由如&lt;9&gt;之製造方法而製 147900.doc 201126269 &lt;ιι&gt; 一種顯示裝置,其具備如&lt;10&gt;之彩色濾光片。 本發明中,曝光光係使用紫外光雷射,但如上述般使用 紫外光雷射作為曝光光時,存在像素表面變得粗#,圖案 之線寬感度不充分的問題。本發明中,藉由在用於圖案形 成之著色感光性樹脂組合物中使用具有烯丙基或馬來醯亞 胺基之樹脂,可獲得平滑之像素表面,並且獲得圖案之線 寬感度提局’财熱性優異之圖案。 該作用尚未明確’但認為如下:藉由使用具有5 〇莫耳% 以上、90莫耳%以下之烯丙基或馬來醯亞胺基的樹脂,於 圖案成形後進行熱硬化時會發生交聯,可減低於2〇〇艺以 上之溫度下進行烘烤處理時之組合物之分解。又,認為不 易受到曝光中由氧引起之聚合抑制的影響,不會發生像素 表面硬化而於顯影步驟中像素表面變得粗糙的情況,推測 由於該等效果而獲得線寬感度提高,耐熱性優異之圖案。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明,可提供一種可形成線寬感度較高,直線性 及耐熱性優異之圖案的紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合 物及使用其之圖案形成方法,尤其提供一種適合形成彩色 濾光片之著色像素等的紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合 物及圖案形成方法。 又,可提供一種使用有上述本發明之圖案形成方法的具 有線寬感度較高’進而耐熱性優異之著色圖案的彩色濾光 片之製造方法,藉由該製造方法獲得之彩色濾光片及具備 該彩色濾光片的顯示裝置。 147900.doc 201126269 【實施方式】 以下’對用於實施本發明之形態進行詳細說明。 〈著色感光性樹脂組合物&gt; 本發明之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物之特徵在 於:至少含有(A)著色劑、(B)聚合性化合物、(C)光聚合起 始劑、(D)樹脂、及(E)界面活性劑,上述(D)樹脂於分子内 具有50莫耳%〜90莫耳%之選自由(dj)下述通式⑴所表示 之結構單元、及(D-2)含有&gt;^位_取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構 單元所組成群中之至少丨種結構單元,且含有具有酸性基 之結構單元,並且重量平均分子量在1〇〇〇〇〜1〇〇〇〇〇之範圍 内。 以下對本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物之各構成成分 進行詳細說明。 首先,對(D)樹脂成分進行說明。 &lt;(D)樹脂&gt; 作為本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物所使用之樹脂成 分,其特徵在於:分子内具有50莫耳%〜9〇莫耳%之選自由 (D-1)下述通式⑴所表示之結構單元、及(D_2)含有n位取 代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元所組成群中之至少丨種纟士構單 元,且含有具有酸性基之結構單元,並且重量平均分子量 在10000〜100000之範圍内。 [(D-1)下述通式⑴所表示之結構單元] [化3] 147900.doc • 11 - 201126269 2The valence organic group 'Ar is expressed as its 1 (II) soil. n is an integer from 0 to 5. When there are a plurality of X, a plurality of Xs are independent of each other * - ^ α „ Table--valent substituents may be the same or different. &lt;3&gt; For coloring of ultraviolet lasers such as &lt;1&gt; or &lt;2&gt; In the above-mentioned (B) polymerizable compound, the compound (B) contains a polymerizable group having more than 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule, and contains at least one or more polymerizable groups in the molecule. The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet lasers according to any one of the above-mentioned, which further comprises (7) a sensitizer, wherein the (F) sensitizer is The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser light of any one of <2> to <4>, wherein the photopolymerization represented by the above formula („) The content of the initiator is 5 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of all the solid components in the color photosensitive resin combination 4 of the ultraviolet light laser. &lt;6&gt; A pattern forming method having a step of forming a layer containing a coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser light as small as &lt;5&gt; An exposure step of exposing the laser to a pattern and hardening the exposed region; and a developing step of removing the unexposed region, &lt;7&gt;, a pattern forming method according to &lt;6&gt;, wherein the ultraviolet laser has an exposure wavelength of 300 In the range of nm ~ 38 〇 nm. &lt;8&gt; The pattern forming method of &lt;6&gt; or &lt;7&gt;, the pulse of the ultraviolet laser system oscillating at a frequency of 20 to 2000 Hz. 9&gt; A method for producing a color light film having the following steps: a step of patterning a substrate by a pattern forming method of any of = &gt; to &lt;8&gt;. &gt; Taker Bar &lt;10&gt; Made. A color filter which is manufactured by a manufacturing method such as &lt;9&gt; 147900.doc 201126269&lt;1&gt; A display device comprising a color filter as &lt;10&gt;. In the present invention, the exposure light system uses an ultraviolet light laser. However, when the ultraviolet light laser is used as the exposure light as described above, there is a problem that the pixel surface becomes thick #, and the line width sensitivity of the pattern is insufficient. In the present invention, by using a resin having an allyl group or a maleimide group in a coloring photosensitive resin composition for pattern formation, a smooth pixel surface can be obtained, and a line width sensitivity of the pattern can be obtained. 'The pattern of excellent finernity. This effect has not yet been clarified, but it is considered as follows: by using a resin having an allyl group or a maleimide group having 5 〇 mol% or more and 90 mol% or less, heat hardening occurs after pattern formation. In combination, the decomposition of the composition at the time of baking at a temperature lower than 2 〇〇 can be reduced. In addition, it is considered that it is less likely to be affected by polymerization inhibition by oxygen during exposure, and the surface of the pixel does not become rough during the development step, and the surface of the pixel is roughened in the development step. It is presumed that the line width sensitivity is improved by these effects, and the heat resistance is excellent. The pattern. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser light which can form a pattern having high line width sensitivity and excellent linearity and heat resistance, and a pattern forming method using the same, and particularly provide A colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser light and a pattern forming method suitable for forming a coloring pixel or the like of a color filter. Moreover, a method of manufacturing a color filter having a color pattern having a higher line width sensitivity and further excellent heat resistance using the pattern forming method of the present invention, the color filter obtained by the manufacturing method, and the color filter can be provided. A display device including the color filter. 147900.doc 201126269 [Embodiment] Hereinafter, embodiments for carrying out the invention will be described in detail. <Coloring photosensitive resin composition> The colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser of the present invention is characterized by comprising at least (A) a coloring agent, (B) a polymerizable compound, and (C) a photopolymerization initiator. And (D) a resin, and (E) a surfactant, wherein the (D) resin has a structural unit represented by (dj) the following general formula (1), and has a molecular weight of from 50 mol% to 90 mol% in the molecule; (D-2) at least one of the structural units of the group consisting of the structural unit of the substituted maleimine group, and having a structural unit having an acidic group, and having a weight average molecular weight of 1〇〇〇 〇~1〇〇〇〇〇 within the range. Hereinafter, each constituent component of the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail. First, the (D) resin component will be described. &lt;(D) Resin&gt; The resin component used in the coloring photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that it has a molecular weight of 50 mol% to 9 mol% selected from (D-1) a structural unit represented by the general formula (1) and at least one of the group of structural units including the n-substituted maleimine group, and a structural unit having an acidic group, and The weight average molecular weight is in the range of 10,000 to 100,000. [(D-1) A structural unit represented by the following formula (1)] [Chemical 3] 147900.doc • 11 - 201126269 2

\^J/ 6-ο R IIC——C 1 2 丨o IR.3 II R—C 4 - 5R—CIR I——〇 \—/ /|\ 鹵素原子 通式⑴中,R1〜R5分別獨立表示氫原子 基、烷基或芳基,R6表示氫原子或甲基。 烧基或碳數為5〜10之芳基 作為通式⑴中之ri〜r5,分別獨立較佳為氫原子、以 原子、氰基、碳數為1〜12之烷基或碳數為5〜14之芳基,多 中更佳為氫原子、溴原子、氣原子、氰基、碳數為卜” 上述烷基可具有取代基,作為取代基,可為直鏈、 鏈、或環狀,可列舉曱基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁 等,較佳為碳數為1〜7之烷基。又,上述芳基可具有取 基,作為取代基,可列舉碳數為i〜7之烷基或碳數為5〜 之^基等’較佳為苯基、σ夫喃基、蔡基。 該等中,通式(I)之較佳者為R1〜R5分別為氫原子或者 基、苯基、函素原子者。 [(D-2)含有Ν位-取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元] 含有Ν位·取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元只要為含有 取代馬來醯亞胺基作為部分結構的結構單元,則並無特 限制’可於主鍵上具有Ν位-取代馬來醯亞胺基,亦可於 鍵上具有Ν位-取代馬來醢亞胺基。作為含有ν位-取代馬 I47900.doc • 12- 201126269 醯亞胺基之結構單元的具體例,可列舉下述結構單元。 [化4]\^J/ 6-ο R IIC——C 1 2 丨o IR.3 II R—C 4 — 5R—CIR I——〇\—/ /|\ Halogen Atom (1), R1 to R5 are independent Represents a hydrogen atom group, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R6 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. The aryl group having a carbon group or a carbon number of 5 to 10 is ri~r5 in the formula (1), and each of them is preferably a hydrogen atom, an atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12 or a carbon number of 5, respectively. More preferably, the aryl group of 1-4 is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, a gas atom, a cyano group, or a carbon number. The above alkyl group may have a substituent, and as the substituent, it may be a straight chain, a chain, or a ring. The aryl group, the n-propyl group, the isopropyl group, the third butyl group, etc., preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 7. Further, the above aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a carbon number. Preferably, the alkyl group having i to 7 or the carbon number is 5 or the group is preferably a phenyl group, a sigma fluorenyl group or a phenyl group. Among these, the preferred ones of the formula (I) are R1 to R5 respectively. It is a hydrogen atom or a group, a phenyl group, or a hydroxyl atom. [(D-2) A structural unit containing a oxime-substituted maleimine group] A structural unit containing a oxime-substituted maleimine group In the case of a structural unit containing a substituted maleimine group as a partial structure, there is no particular limitation 'there may be a fluorene-substituted maleidino group on the primary bond, or a fluorene-substituted male on the bond. mince As the amine-containing ν bits -. Specific examples of substituted acyl horse I47900.doc • 12- 201126269 structural units of the alkylene group include the following structural units [Chemical Formula 4].

本發明之(D)樹脂具有上述選自由⑴」)通式⑴所表示之 結構單元、及(D-2)含有N位-取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單 tl所組成群中之至少}種結構單元即可,亦可具有2種以 上。於具有2種以之情形時,可具有至少1種(D_i)通式〇) 所表示之結構單元並且具有至少}種(D2)含有1^位_取代馬 來醯亞胺基之結構單元,又,亦可具有2種以上之(D-丨)、 (D-2)中之至少一方。 本發明之(D)樹脂合計含有5〇莫耳%以上、9〇莫耳%以下 之上述(D 1)通式⑴所表示之結構單元、及⑴_2)含有n位_ 取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元,較佳為5〇莫耳%以上、8〇 莫耳%以下’更佳為6〇莫耳%以上、8〇莫耳%以下。若樹 曰中之上述,·Ό構單元之含量在該範圍内則曝光後之顯影 時膜減小會減少,表面平滑性與顯影寬容度良好。 進而,本發明之樹脂含有具有酸性基之結構單元。 147900.doc 13 201126269 作為具有酸性基之結構單元,可列舉源自含羧基之不飽 和單體的結構單元。作為含羧基之不飽和單體,為(甲基) 丙烯酸、丁烯酸、α-氯丙烯酸、桂皮酸等不飽和單羧酸 類;馬來酸、馬來酸酐、富馬酸、衣康酸、衣康酸酐、檸 康酸 '檸康酸酐、中康酸等不飽和二羧酸或其酸酐類;3 元以上之不飽和多元羧酸或其酸酐類;琥珀酸單[2_(曱基) 丙烯醯氧基乙酯]、鄰苯二甲酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙 醋]等2元以上之多元羧酸之單甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基酯] 類;ω-羧基聚己内酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等兩末端具有羧基 與羥基之聚合物之單(曱基)丙烯酸酯類等。 該等含羧基之不飽和單體中,琥珀酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基 乙醋)及鄰苯二甲酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯)分別以μ-5300及 Μ-5400(以上為東亞合成(股份)製造)之商品名在市場上有 售。 上述含羧基之不飽和單體於樹脂中可單獨含有或含有2 種以上。 該等中’具有酸性基之結構單元較佳為源自羧酸、羧酸 之硫族元素類似物、疊氮酸[RC(=NNH2)OH]、甲亞胺酸 [rc(=nh)oh]、磺酸[rs(o)2oh]、亞磺酸[RS(0)0H]、次 磺酸[RSOH]、硒酸[RSe(0)2OH]、亞硒酸[RSe(〇)〇H]、次 场酸[RSeOH]、磷酸與其酸性相關化合物、矽酸、硼酸之 類似物的結構單元,尤佳為源自丙稀酸、甲基丙烯酸、及 磷酸的結構單元。 本發明之(D)樹脂含有具有酸性基之結構單元,其含量 147900.doc 14 201126269 相對於樹脂,較佳為5莫耳%以上、未達50莫耳%,更佳為 10莫耳%以上、3 0莫耳%以下。若處於該範圍内,則顯影 時之表面平滑度與耐熱性良好。 本發明之樹脂除含有上述之各構成成分以外,亦可含有 其他構成成分。 作為其他構成成分,可列舉源自下述不飽和單體之構成 成分。 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、鄰乙烯基甲苯、間乙烯基甲 笨、對乙烯基曱苯、對氣苯乙烯、鄰甲氧基笨乙烯、間曱 氧基苯乙烯、對甲氧基苯乙烯、鄰乙烯基苄基甲基醚、間 乙烯基苄基曱基醚、對乙烯基苄基甲基醚'鄰乙烯基苄基 縮水甘油基醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油基醚、對乙烯基苄 基縮水甘油基鱗等芳香族乙烯基化合物; 茚、1 -甲基茚等茚類; (曱基)丙烯酸曱酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸正 丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸異丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第 三丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_羥基丙 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_羥基丁酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸扣羥基丁酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸苄酯、(曱基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_笨氧基乙 酯、甲氧基二乙二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、曱氧基三乙二醇(曱 基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基丙二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基二丙 一醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(曱基)丙烯酸異葙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 147900.doc 15 201126269 三環[5.2.1.〇2’6]癸烷·8_酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2羥基_3苯氧基 丙酯、甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯類; (甲基)丙烯酸2-胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_二甲胺基乙 西曰、(甲基)丙烯酸2-胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2_二甲胺基丙 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3_胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3_二甲胺基丙 3曰·#不飽和敌&amp;胺基烧基酯類;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯 等不飽和羧酸縮水甘油酯類;(甲基)丙烯酸氧雜環丁酯等 不飽和缓Isl氧雜環丁醋類;乙酸乙稀醋、丙酸乙稀醋、丁 酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙烯酯等羧酸乙烯酯類; 乙烯基甲基醚 '乙烯基乙基醚、烯丙基縮水甘油基醚等 不飽和醚類; (甲基)丙烯腈、α-氣丙烯腈、偏二氰乙烯等氰基化乙烯 基化合物; (甲基)丙烯醯胺、α-氯丙烯醯胺、Ν-2-羥基乙基(甲美) 丙烯醯胺等不飽和醯胺類; 馬來醯亞胺等不飽和醯亞胺類; 1,3 -丁一稀、異戊二稀、氯丁二稀等脂肪族共輛二稀 類; 聚苯乙烯、聚(曱基)丙烯酸甲酯、聚(甲基)丙稀酸正丁 酯、聚矽氧烷等聚合物分子鏈之末端具有單(甲基)丙稀酿 基之巨單體類; 源自該等不飽和單體之構成成分可單獨含有或含有2種 以上。 以下,揭示本發明之(D)樹脂之具體例(M)〜(1_7)及 2〜37。本發明之(D)樹脂並不限定於例示化合物。 147900.doc • 16 - 201126269 [化5] 組成 莫耳比 重量平均 分子量 1-1 C〇r^ C〇2H 80/20 35000 1-2 同上 90/10 35000 1-3 同上 50/50 35000 1-4 同上 80/20 100000 1-5 同上 80/20 10000 1-6 同上 80/20 20000 1-7 同上 80/20 50000 2 -(ch2-ch)-{-ch2-ch)- C=0 COOH I o-ch2-ch=ch2 80/20 35000 3 ch3 ch3 ^-ch2-c)—(-ch2—c)- C=0 COOH och2ch=ch-^^ 80/20 35000 4 -f〇H2-CH)-{CH2-CH]- C=0 COOH I O-CH—C=CH2 όόΗ3 80/20 35000 5 -fCH2-CH)-(-CH2-CH)-C=0 COOH OCH2CH=CH— 80/20 35000 6 ch3 ch3 ~fCH2-〒)^(CH2-〒)- C=0 COOH I och2ch=ch CN 80/20 35000 7 CH3 ch3 -(•ch2-c)—(ch2—c}- C=0 COOH I och2ch=ch Cl 80/20 35000 •17- 147900.doc 201126269 [化6] 147900.doc 組成 莫耳比 c〇r^ co2h CO;The (D) resin of the present invention has at least the above-mentioned structural unit selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the formula (1) (1) and (D-2) having the N-substituted maleimine group. The type of structural unit may be used, or two or more types may be used. When there are two kinds of cases, it may have at least one structural unit represented by (D_i) formula (并且) and have at least one kind of structural unit containing (1)-substituted maleidinium group. Further, at least one of (D-丨) and (D-2) of two or more types may be provided. The (D) resin of the present invention contains 5 〇 mol% or more and 9 〇 mol% or less of the above (D 1) structural unit represented by the formula (1), and (1) _2) contains n-position _ substituted maleimide The structural unit of the base is preferably 5 〇 mol% or more and 8 〇 mol% or less, more preferably 6 〇 mol% or more, and 8 〇 mol% or less. If the content of the constituent unit in the above-mentioned tree is within this range, the film reduction is reduced at the time of development after exposure, and the surface smoothness and development latitude are good. Further, the resin of the present invention contains a structural unit having an acidic group. 147900.doc 13 201126269 As the structural unit having an acidic group, a structural unit derived from an unsaturated monomer having a carboxyl group can be cited. As the carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer, it is an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid or cinnamic acid; maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid or its anhydrides such as itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid citraconic anhydride, mesaconic acid; unsaturated polycarboxylic acid or anhydride thereof having more than 3 yuan; succinic acid mono[2_(indenyl) propylene a monomethyl)propenyloxyalkyl ester of a polyvalent carboxylic acid having 2 or more elements such as methoxyethyl ester] or phthalic acid mono [2-(methyl) propylene methoxy ethoxy vinegar]; a mono(indenyl) acrylate having a polymer having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group at both terminals, such as a carboxypolycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate. Among the carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomers, succinic acid mono(2-propenyloxyacetate) and phthalic acid mono(2-propenyloxyethyl ester) are respectively μ-5300 and Μ-5400 ( The trade names of the above-mentioned East Asia Synthetic (Stock) manufacturing are available on the market. The carboxyl group-containing unsaturated monomer may be contained alone or in combination of two or more kinds in the resin. The structural unit having an acidic group is preferably derived from a carboxylic acid, a chalcogen analog of a carboxylic acid, a hydrazoic acid [RC(=NNH2)OH], and a imienoic acid [rc(=nh)oh ], sulfonic acid [rs(o)2oh], sulfinic acid [RS(0)0H], sulfenic acid [RSOH], selenate [RSe(0)2OH], selenite [RSe(〇)〇H The structural unit of the secondary acid [RSeOH], phosphoric acid and its acid-related compound, citric acid or boric acid analog is particularly preferably a structural unit derived from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and phosphoric acid. The (D) resin of the present invention contains a structural unit having an acidic group, and its content is 147,900.doc 14 201126269, preferably 5 mol% or more, less than 50 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to the resin. , 3 0% or less. When it is in this range, the surface smoothness and heat resistance at the time of development are good. The resin of the present invention may contain other constituent components in addition to the above-described respective constituent components. The other constituent components include constituent components derived from the following unsaturated monomers. Styrene, α-methylstyrene, o-vinyltoluene, m-vinylstyrene, p-vinyl anthracene, p-styrene, o-methoxy stupylene, m-decyloxystyrene, p-methoxy Styrene, o-vinylbenzyl methyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl decyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl methyl ether 'o-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, An aromatic vinyl compound such as a vinyl benzyl glycidyl scale; an anthracene such as fluorene or 1-methyl hydrazine; an oxime (meth) acrylate, an ethyl (meth) acrylate, or a propylene (meth) acrylate Ester, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, ( 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-(meth) acrylate Hydroxybutyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid butyl butyl ester, benzyl (meth) methacrylate, (mercapto) propyl Cyclohexyl acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxy diethylene glycol (fluorenyl) Acrylate, decyloxytriethylene glycol (decyl) acrylate, methoxypropanediol (mercapto) acrylate, methoxydipropanol (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (decyl) acrylate ,(曱基)acrylic acid 147900.doc 15 201126269 Tricyclic [5.2.1.〇2'6]decane·8-ester, 2-hydroxy-3-hydroxypropenyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol mono (methyl) ) unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as acrylate; 2-aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-dimethylaminoethane (meth)acrylate, 2-aminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-aminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-dimethylaminopropionate (meth)acrylate·#Unsaturated enemy &amp; amine-based Alkyl esters; glycidyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acid such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; unsaturated sulphuric Isl oxetane such as (meth)acrylic acid oxetane; Vinyl esters of vinegar, ethyl acetonate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl benzoate; unsaturated ethers such as vinyl methyl ether 'vinyl ethyl ether, allyl glycidyl ether; a cyanated vinyl compound such as methyl acrylonitrile, α-gas acrylonitrile or divinyl cyanoethylene; (meth) acrylamide, α-chloropropenylamine, hydrazine-2-hydroxyethyl (methyl methacrylate) Unsaturated guanamines such as acrylamide; unsaturated quinones such as maleimide; aliphatic, dicholine, etc.; 1,3 - butyl, isopentyl, chloroprene, etc. a macromonomer having a mono(methyl)propyl aryl group at the end of a polymer molecular chain such as styrene, poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(methyl) acrylate butyl acrylate or polyoxy siloxane The constituent components derived from the unsaturated monomers may be contained alone or in combination of two or more. Hereinafter, specific examples (M) to (1-7) and 2 to 37 of the (D) resin of the present invention are disclosed. The (D) resin of the present invention is not limited to the exemplified compounds. 147900.doc • 16 - 201126269 [Chemical 5] Composition molar ratio Weight average molecular weight 1-1 C〇r^ C〇2H 80/20 35000 1-2 Same as above 90/10 35000 1-3 Same as above 50/50 35000 1- 4 Same as above 80/20 100000 1-5 Same as above 80/20 10000 1-6 Same as above 80/20 20000 1-7 Same as above 80/20 50000 2 -(ch2-ch)-{-ch2-ch)- C=0 COOH I O-ch2-ch=ch2 80/20 35000 3 ch3 ch3 ^-ch2-c)—(-ch2—c)- C=0 COOH och2ch=ch-^^ 80/20 35000 4 -f〇H2-CH) -{CH2-CH]- C=0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 ch3 ch3 ~fCH2-〒)^(CH2-〒)- C=0 COOH I och2ch=ch CN 80/20 35000 7 CH3 ch3 -(•ch2-c)—(ch2—c}- C=0 COOH I Och2ch=ch Cl 80/20 35000 •17- 147900.doc 201126269 [Chem. 6] 147900.doc Composition Moerby c〇r^ co2h CO;

70/20/10 35000 c〇r^ c〇2h70/20/10 35000 c〇r^ c〇2h

70/20/10 35000 cof^ co2h 0 70/20/10 35000 11 12 13 15 C〇f^ co2h70/20/10 35000 cof^ co2h 0 70/20/10 35000 11 12 13 15 C〇f^ co2h

OH r 70/20/10 35000 COp^ co2h 〇人〇〆 、r 弋丫厂' c〇r^ 〇〇2h c〇2^L/ C〇P^ co2hOH r 70/20/10 35000 COp^ co2h 〇人〇〆,r 弋丫厂' c〇r^ 〇〇2h c〇2^L/ C〇P^ co2h

、〜OH 70/20/10 70/20/10 70/20/10 35000 35000 35000 C〇C^ C02H o人o Η OVN'C H」 ]| ^6M12 〇 c2h5 70/20/10 35000 -18- 201126269 [化7] 組成 莫耳比~OH 70/20/10 70/20/10 70/20/10 35000 35000 35000 C〇C^ C02H o人o Η OVN'C H" ]| ^6M12 〇c2h5 70/20/10 35000 -18- 201126269 [化7] Composition of Moerby

C〇2H 〇^〇-^〇2h4〇^-CH 70/20/10 35000 17 cof^^ C02H ο八oh 70/20/10 35000C〇2H 〇^〇-^〇2h4〇^-CH 70/20/10 35000 17 cof^^ C02H ο八 oh 70/20/10 35000

cof^' C〇2HCof^' C〇2H

70/20/10 35000 C〇f^70/20/10 35000 C〇f^

70/20/10 35000 cof^ C〇2H 〇&lt;70/20/10 35000 cof^ C〇2H 〇&lt;

OH 70/20/10 35000 21 cop^ co2hOH 70/20/10 35000 21 cop^ co2h

0=P-0H I OH 70/20/10 35000 22 C〇f^ C02H C〇〇^&lt;? 70/20/10 35000 230=P-0H I OH 70/20/10 35000 22 C〇f^ C02H C〇〇^&lt;? 70/20/10 35000 23

70/20/10 35000 147900.doc -19- 201126269 [化8] 組成 莫耳比 重量平均 分子量 24 co2h COO 丫 70/20/10 35000 25 Η ^ 0人乂0 c〇2H ό 80/20 35000 26 tJ ^ 0乂 入 c〇2H ό 80/20 35000 27 ό Ύ七 C〇2H ( 、士 6 70/20/10 35000 28 0¾ ^ ό 02H 0*^^ 70/20/10 35000 29 Η β 0乂 Ν^0 C( ό r ^ &quot;H C02^ 70/20/10 35000 30 ό y作 o2h CO 2^0 70/20/10 35000 31 L[: ό f 七 〇C^ 、} co2h 30/50/20 35000 -20- 147900.doc 201126269 [化9] 3270/20/10 35000 147900.doc -19- 201126269 [Chemical 8] Composition Mohby Weight average molecular weight 24 co2h COO 丫70/20/10 35000 25 Η ^ 0 people 乂0 c〇2H ό 80/20 35000 26 tJ ^ 0乂c〇2H ό 80/20 35000 27 ό Ύ7C〇2H ( ,,6 70/20/10 35000 28 03⁄4 ^ ό 02H 0*^^ 70/20/10 35000 29 Η β 0乂Ν^0 C( ό r ^ &quot;H C02^ 70/20/10 35000 30 ό y for o2h CO 2^0 70/20/10 35000 31 L[: ό f 〇C〇,} co2h 30/50 /20 35000 -20- 147900.doc 201126269 [Chemistry 9] 32

組成 co2h 莫耳比 30/50/20 重量平均 分子量 35000 33Composition co2h Mobi ratio 30/50/20 Weight average molecular weight 35000 33

C〇fN^ C〇2H 50/30/20 35000 34 ΛC〇fN^ C〇2H 50/30/20 35000 34 Λ

i〇2H 50/30/20 35000 5 3 oi〇2H 50/30/20 35000 5 3 o

H 60/40 18000 36 ch2H 60/40 18000 36 ch2

co2h 50/30/20 35000 7 3 oCo2h 50/30/20 35000 7 3 o

H 30/50/20 35000 作為本發明之(D)樹脂之重量平均分子量,需為 10000〜100000之範圍,較佳為10000〜50000之範圍,更佳 為10000〜40000之範圍。若在該範圍内,則顯影性、直線 性良好。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之(D)樹脂的含量, 相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物之固形物成分,較佳為10質 147900.doc 21 - 201126269 圍。 以外 量%〜5〇質量%之範圍,更佳為15質量%〜㈣量%之範 本發明之者色感光性樹脂組合物亦可含有(D)樹脂 之結構之樹脂。 作為⑴)樹脂以外之結構之樹脂,只要為可對著色劑發 揮黏合劑之作用,且可溶於製造彩色遽光片時之顯影處理 步驟所使用之顯影液、尤佳為驗性顯影液者,則並無特別 限定,較佳為具錢基之丙烯酸系共聚物,尤佳為具有^ 個以上之羧基的乙烯性不飽和單體與其他可共聚合之乙烯 性不飽和單體的共聚物。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之(D)樹脂以外之結 構之樹脂之可用量,相對於樹脂之總量,宜為不超過5〇質 量%之範圍,較佳為30質量%以下。若在該範圍内,則可 發揮本發明之效果’耐熱性、線寬感度較佳。 本發明中’作為(D)樹脂以外之結構之樹脂之具體例, 可列舉: (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸曱酯共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/(甲基)丙烯酸节 酯共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體共聚 物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單 體共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體共聚 147900.doc •22- 201126269 物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單 體共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/(曱基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/(曱基)丙烯酸节 酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體共聚物、 ' (甲基)丙浠酸/(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/(曱基)丙烯酸节 酯/聚曱基丙烯酸曱酯巨單體共聚物等。 又’亦可使用如下之含有環氧環、氧雜環丁烷環的樹 脂。 笨乙烯/曱基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷- 8-S旨/甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油醋共聚物、 苯乙烯/丙烯酸/丙烯酸三環[5.2.1 ·02’6]癸烧-8-酯/丙烯酸 縮水甘油醋共聚物、 曱基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸/3-(曱基丙烯醯氧基曱基) 氧雜環丁烷/甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/3-(曱基丙烯醯氧基曱基)_ 3-乙基氧雜環丁烷/苯乙烯共聚物、 甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/3-(曱基丙烯醯氧基甲基) • 氧雜環丁烷/N-苯基馬來醯亞胺共聚物、 • 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/N-苯基馬來醯亞胺/甲基丙稀酸縮水 甘油自旨共聚物、 苯乙烯/丙烯酸/N-苯基馬來醯亞胺/丙烯酸縮水甘油酷共 聚物、 笨乙烯/曱基丙烯酸/N_環己基馬來醯亞胺/曱基丙稀酸縮 147900.doc • 23· 201126269 水甘油酯共聚物、 丁二烯/苯乙稀/曱基丙浠酸/曱基丙稀酸三環p H 〇2,6] 癸烷-8-酯/曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、 丁二稀/曱基丙稀酸/曱基丙稀酸三環[5 2丨〇2,6]癸院·8_ 酯/曱基丙稀酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸三環[5 2 1〇2,6]癸烧_8_ 酯/甲基丙烯酸-6,7-環氧庚酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/丙烯酸/馬來酸酐/曱基丙烯酸_6,7·環氧庚酯共聚 物、 甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯/丙烯酸/馬來酸酐/甲基丙烯酸_6,7_ 環氧庚酯共聚物、 苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸甲酯/曱基丙烯酸縮水甘 油酯共聚物、 對曱氧基苯乙烯/曱基丙烯酸/丙烯酸環己酯/曱基丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯共聚物 曱基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/Ν_苯基馬來醯亞 胺共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/琥珀酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯]/苯乙 烯/(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/Ν-苯基馬來醯亞胺共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/琥珀酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯;|/苯乙 烯/(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯/Ν-苯基馬來醯亞胺共聚物 (曱基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯/(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/甘油單(甲基)丙 烯酸酯/Ν-苯基馬來醯亞胺共聚物、 (甲基)丙烯酸/ω-羧基聚己内酯單(曱基)丙烯酸酯/苯乙 147900.doc • 24 - 201126269 烯/(曱基)丙烯酸苄酯/甘油 醯亞胺共聚物。 單(曱基)丙烯酸酯/N_苯基馬來 &lt;(A)著色劑&gt; 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有(A)著色劑。 作為著色劑,可適宜選用绝剩^ # k且遝用朵枓及顏枓。就耐熱性等觀點 而言,更佳為顏料。 著色劑之顏料可為無機顏料,亦可為有機顏料就 獲得尚穿透率之觀點而言’較佳為❹粒子尺寸儘可能小 的顏料。平均粒子尺寸較佳為丨〇 丁权住馬nm〜100 nm,更佳為1〇 nm〜50 nm之範圍。 本發明所使用之著色感光性樹脂組合物 述高分子分散劑,即使顏料之尺寸較小時,亦;使^ 散性、分散穩定性變得良好’因&amp;即使膜厚度較薄,亦可 形成色純度優異之著色像素。 進而本發明中,著色感光性樹脂組合物所含有之顏料 中,較佳為一次粒徑未達〇 〇2 μηΐ2顏料之比率在該顏料 之總量中未達10%,且一次粒徑超過〇 〇8 μιη之顏料之比率 在該顏料之總量中未達5 〇/0。 藉由使一次粒徑未達〇·02 μηι之顏料之比率未達1〇%,可 使耐熱性良好,防止色度變化;藉由使一次粒徑超過〇 μηι之顏料之比率未達5%,可使對比度良好,著色感光性 樹脂組合物之隨時間經過之穩定性良好,此外可防止異物 故障。 就而ί熱性及防止色度變化之觀點而言,一次粒徑未達 147900.doc •25· 201126269 0.02 μπι之顏料之比率較佳為未達5%。 就優化對比度之觀點而言,—次粒徑超過⑽叫之顏 料之比率較佳為未達3 %。 乂 顏料之一次粒徑可使用ΤΕΜ(穿透式電子顯微鏡)來測 疋。即’對ΤΕΜ照片進行圖像解析而調查粒徑分佈,藉此 測定顏料之一次粒徑》例如藉由計測3〜1〇萬倍下之觀^絮 料中之總粒子數、與未達〇.〇2㈣及超過〇〇8叫之顏料之 粒子數’ Τ掌握粒度分佈。更具體而言,利用穿透式電子 顯微鏡,以3〜10萬倍觀察顏料粉體’拍攝照片,測定1〇〇〇 個-人粒子之長徑,算出未達〇 〇2㈣及超過〇 ㈣之一 次粒子之比率。改變顏料粉體之部位,於合計3處實施該 操作,求出平均值。 作為可用作*色圖案(著色像素)形成用之著色劑的無機 顏料,可列舉金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等金屬化合物,具體 可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻 等之金屬氧化物,及上述金屬之複合氧化物等。 作為上述有機顏料,例如可列舉: C.I·顏料紅 1、2、3、4、5、ό、7、9、1〇、14、17、 22、23、31、38、41、48:1、48 : 2、48:3、48 : 4、49、 49.1 、 49 . 2 、 52:1 、 52 : 2 、 53:1 、 57:1 、 60:1 、 63:1 、 66 67、81:1、81 : 2、81:3、83、88、90、105、112、 119 、 122 、 123 、 144 、 146 、 149 、 150 、 155 、 166 、 168 、 169 、 170 、 171 、 172 、 175 、 176 、 177 、 178 、 179 、 184 、 185 、 187 、 188 、 190 、 200 、 202 、 206 、 207 、 208 、 209 、 147900.doc -26· 201126269 210 ' 216 ' 220 ' 224 ' 226 ' 242 、 246 ' 254 ' 255 、 264 、 270 ' 272、279 ' C.I.顏料黃1、2、3、4、5、6、10、11、12、13、14、 15 、 16 、 17 、 18 、 20 、 24 、 31 、 32 、 34 、 35 、 35:1 、 36 、 36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、 63、65、73、74、77、81、83、86、93、94、95、97、 98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、 115 、 116 、 117 、 118 、 119 、 120 、 123 、 125 、 126 、 127 、 128 、 129 、 137 、 138 、 139 、 147 、 148 、 150 、 151 、 152 、 153 、 154 、 155 、 156 、 161 、 162 、 164 、 166 、 167 ' 168 、 169 、 170 、 171 、 172 、 173 、 174 、 175 、 176 、 177 、 179 、 180 、 181 、 182 、 185 、 187 、 188 、 193 、 194 、 199 、 213 、 214 C.I.顏料燈2、5、13、16、17:1、31、34、36、38、 43、46、48、49 ' 51、52、55、59、60、61、62、64、 71、73 C.I.顏料綠7、i〇、36、37、58 C.I.顏料藍 1、2、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、ι5.6、 16、22、60 ' 64、66、79、將79之〇取代基變更為⑽而 成者、80 C·1.顏料紫 1、19、23、27、32、37、42 C.I.顏料棕25、28等。 該等中作為可較佳使用之顏料,可列舉以下者。但在本 發明中,並不限定於該等。 147900.doc -27· 201126269 C.I.顏料黃 u、24、108、109、110、138、139、150、 151 、 154 、 167 、 180 、 185 C.I.顏料撥36、71 c.I.顏料紅 122、150、171、175、177、209、224、242、 254 、 255 、 264 C.I.顏料紫 19、23、32 C.I.顏料藍 I5:i、15:3、15:6、16、22、60、66 C.I.顏料綠 7、36、37、58 該等有機顏料可單獨使用,或者為了提高色純度而將各 種組合使用。以下,揭示組合之具體例。 例如,作為紅色相(R)用之顏料,可單獨使用蒽醌系顏 料、茈系顏料、二酮吼咯并吼咯系顏料,或使用此等中之 至少1種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹 醜酮系黃色顏料之混合’或茈系紅色顏料、蒽醌系紅色顏 料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料之混合等。例如,作為蒽 酿系顏料,可列舉C丄顏料紅177;作為花系顏料,可列舉 C.I.顏料紅155、CI.顏料紅224 ;作為二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏 料,可列舉顏料紅254;就色彩再現性方面而言,較佳 為與C.1·顏料黃139或C.I·顏料紅177之混合。 又,紅色顏料與其他顏料之質量比較佳為 職5〜100:80。於1〇〇:4以下時,難以抑制彻⑽至鳩⑽ 、穿透率有時無法提鬲色純度《又,於1 00:8 1以上 時,有時呈色能力會下降。尤其是上述質量比最佳為 100:10〜1GG:65之範®。再者,於採肢色顏料彼此之組合 147900.doc •28- 201126269 之情形時,可根據色度進行調整。 又,作為綠色相⑹用之顏料,可單獨使“化狀菁系 顏料,或使用其與雙偶氮系黃色顏科、⑱㈣黃色顏 料、次f基偶氮系黃色顏料或者異t朵琳系黃色顏料之混 合。例如作為如此之例,較佳為CJ顏料綠7、%、37、Μ 與^.顏料黃138、CJ.顏料黃139、C·!.顏料黃㈣心·顏 料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185之混合。 就獲得充分之色純度及抑制糾取目標色相之偏差的 觀點而言’綠色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比較佳為 1 0 0:5 ~ 1 〇 〇: 15 0。作在暂县 士 ,, ’、、質 Έ ,尤佳為 10〇··3〇~ΐ〇〇·ΐ2〇之範 圍。 作為藍色相(Β)用之顏料,可單獨使用g太菁系顏料,或 用八與—7 p井系兔色顏料之混合。例如較佳為C I顏 料f 15:6與C.1·顏料紫23之混合。藍色顏料與紫色顏料之 質量比較佳為職0〜_:5〇,更佳為100:5〜1()0:30。 本各月之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之⑷著色劑的含 =旦。相對於該組合物之全部固形物成分(質量),較佳為15 入=/〇〜75質量% ’更佳為20質量%〜70質量❶/。。若著色劑之 含量在上述範圍内,則色濃度充分,可有效地確保優異之 色特性。 本發明中,尤佳為使用有機顏料作為著色劑,且使用在 =之微細化步驟或者分散步驟令利用高分子化合物被覆 》料而成者。藉由利用高分子化合物被覆顏料,而經微細 化之顏料’亦可使用:可抑制2次凝集體之形成而幻次粒 147900.doc •29- 201126269 子之狀態分散的分散性獲得提高之被覆顏料、穩定地維持 經分散之1次粒子的分散穩定性優異之被覆顏料。 本發明中之較佳態樣之被覆顏料係利用高分子化合物被 覆顏料而成者,但此被覆係於由微細化產生之表面活性較 1¾的顏料之新界面上,藉由與側鏈具有雜環之高分子化合 物之較強靜電作用,而形成該高分子化合物之牢固被2 層,因此認為可獲得具有更高之分散穩定性的被覆顏料。 即,本發明中,被覆處理後之顏料即使利用可溶解高分子 化合物之有機溶劑進行清洗,所被覆之高分子化合物亦幾 乎不游離。 本發明中所s胃被覆顏料,係指有機顏料等之顏料粒子勒 側鏈二有雜環等極性基之高分子化合物所被覆者,藉由* 用該高分子化合物牢固地被覆顏料粒子表面之—部分或者 全部,可發揮更高之分散穩定性之效果,不同於一般高分 子分散劑吸附於顏料上而成者。該被覆狀態可藉由如下方 式確認:藉由以下所示之利用有機溶劑之清洗,測定高分 :化合物之游離量(游離率)。即,單純憑藉吸附而成之高 合物於利用有機溶劑進行清洗後,其大部分、具體 之㈣甘姑 被除去’但如本發明之經表面被覆 之顏枓,其游離率極小,為30%以下。 利用1-甲氧基-2-丙醆、、主-土 4 + 量。具俨而一 ^先被覆處理後之顏料,算出游離H 30/50/20 35000 The weight average molecular weight of the (D) resin of the present invention is required to be in the range of 10,000 to 100,000, preferably in the range of 10,000 to 50,000, more preferably in the range of 10,000 to 40,000. When it is in this range, developability and linearity are good. The content of the (D) resin in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably 10 mass 147900.doc 21 - 201126269 with respect to the solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. The range of the amount of % to 5% by mass, more preferably 15% by mass to (4% by weight), the color photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may contain a resin having a structure of (D) resin. The resin which is a structure other than the resin (1)) is a developer which can be used as a binder for the coloring agent and which is soluble in the development processing step in the production of the color calendering sheet, and particularly preferably an in-vivo developer. Further, it is not particularly limited, and is preferably a hydroxyl-based acrylic copolymer, particularly preferably a copolymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having more than one carboxyl group and another copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomer. . The usable amount of the resin other than the resin (D) in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably not more than 5% by mass based on the total amount of the resin, and is preferably 30% by mass or less. When it is in this range, the effect of the present invention can be exhibited. The heat resistance and the line width sensitivity are preferable. In the present invention, specific examples of the resin other than the (D) resin include (meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid decyl ester copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid/benzyl (meth)acrylate. Copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylate copolymer, (meth) acrylate / methyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene Copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid / methyl (meth) acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer copolymer, (meth) acrylate / (benzyl) benzyl acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer copolymer 147900.doc •22- 201126269, (meth)acrylic acid/benzyl (meth)acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid/(mercapto)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl Ester/(indenyl) acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer copolymer, '(methyl)propionic acid/2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate/(mercapto) acrylate/polyfluorenyl A decyl acrylate macromonomer copolymer or the like. Further, the following resin containing an epoxy ring or an oxetane ring can also be used. Stupid ethylene/mercaptoacrylic acid/mercaptoacrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02,6]decane- 8-S/methacrylic acid glycidic vinegar copolymer, styrene/acrylic acid/acrylic tricyclic [5.2.1 · 02 '6】癸烧-8-ester/acrylic glycidic vinegar copolymer, benzyl methacrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid/3-(mercapto propylene fluorenyloxy) oxetane/methacrylic acid third Butyl ester copolymer, benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 3-(decyl propylene fluorenyloxy) - 3-ethyl oxetane / styrene copolymer, benzyl methacrylate / A Acrylic acid / 3-(mercapto propylene methoxymethyl) • oxetane / N-phenyl maleimide copolymer, • styrene / methacrylic acid / N-phenyl malayan Amine/Methylacrylic acid glycidyl self-assembled copolymer, styrene/acrylic acid/N-phenyl maleimide/acrylic acid glycidyl cool copolymer, stupid ethylene/mercaptoacrylic acid/N_cyclohexylmalay Imine/mercaptopropyl sulphide 147900.doc • 23· 201126269 Water glyceride copolymer, butadiene/styrene/mercaptopropionate/mercaptopropionic acid tricyclic p H 〇2,6] Decane-8-ester/mercaptopropene Glycidyl ester copolymer, butyl dithiol/mercapto-acrylic acid/mercapto-acrylic acid tricyclo[5 2丨〇2,6] 癸院·8_ ester/mercapto-acrylic acid glycidyl ester copolymer, benzene Ethylene/methacrylic acid/mercaptoacrylic acid tricyclo[5 2 1〇2,6]癸8_ester/methacrylic acid-6,7-epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, styrene/acrylic acid/maleic anhydride/ Mercaptoacrylic acid_6,7·epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, butyl methacrylate/acrylic acid/maleic anhydride/methacrylic acid_6,7_epoxyheptyl ester copolymer, styrene/methacrylic acid/ Methyl methacrylate/glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, p-nonyl styrene/mercapto acrylate/cyclohexyl acrylate/glycidyl acrylate copolymer methacrylate/styrene/(fluorenyl) Benzyl acrylate/Ν-phenylmaleimide copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid/succinic acid mono[2-(methyl)propenyloxyethyl]/styrene/benzyl (meth)acrylate /Ν-phenylmaleimide copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid / succinic acid mono [2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl ester; | / styrene / allyl (meth) acrylate / Ν-phenyl maleimide Polymer (mercapto) acrylic acid / styrene / benzyl (meth) acrylate / glycerol mono (meth) acrylate / Ν - phenyl maleimide copolymer, (meth) acrylic acid / ω - carboxyl group Caprolactone mono(indenyl) acrylate / phenylethyl 147900.doc • 24 - 201126269 Benzene / (mercapto) benzyl acrylate / glycerol imidate copolymer. Mono(indenyl)acrylate/N_phenylmalay &lt;(A) Colorant&gt; The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a colorant. As a coloring agent, it is suitable to use the remaining ^ #k and use the 枓 and 枓. From the viewpoint of heat resistance and the like, it is more preferably a pigment. The pigment of the colorant may be an inorganic pigment, or a pigment which is preferably a small particle size as small as possible in terms of obtaining an organic pigment. The average particle size is preferably in the range of nm to 100 nm, more preferably in the range of 1 〇 nm to 50 nm. The coloring photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention is a polymer dispersing agent, and even if the size of the pigment is small, the dispersibility and the dispersion stability are good, because even if the film thickness is thin, A colored pixel excellent in color purity is formed. Further, in the present invention, in the pigment contained in the colored photosensitive resin composition, it is preferred that the ratio of the primary particle diameter to less than 2 μη 2 pigment is less than 10% in the total amount of the pigment, and the primary particle diameter exceeds 〇. The ratio of the pigment of 〇8 μιη is less than 5 〇/0 in the total amount of the pigment. By making the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle size of less than 〇·02 μηι less than 1%, the heat resistance can be improved and the chromaticity change can be prevented; by making the ratio of the pigment having a primary particle diameter exceeding 〇μηι less than 5% The contrast can be made good, the stability of the colored photosensitive resin composition over time is good, and foreign matter failure can be prevented. In terms of heat sensitivity and prevention of chromaticity change, the ratio of the primary particle diameter of less than 147900.doc •25·201126269 0.02 μπι is preferably less than 5%. From the viewpoint of optimizing the contrast, the ratio of the secondary particle diameter exceeding (10) is preferably less than 3%.一次 The primary particle size of the pigment can be measured using ΤΕΜ (transmission electron microscope). That is, 'analyze the image of the sputum and investigate the particle size distribution, thereby measuring the primary particle size of the pigment." For example, by measuring the total number of particles in the pulverized material at 3 to 1 million times, .〇2(4) and the number of particles of the pigment exceeding 〇〇8' Τ Master the particle size distribution. More specifically, a photomicrograph of a pigment powder was observed by a transmission electron microscope at a magnification of 3 to 100,000 times, and the long diameter of one --person particle was measured, and it was calculated that it did not reach (2 (four) and exceeded 〇 (four). The ratio of primary particles. The position of the pigment powder was changed, and the operation was carried out at a total of three places to obtain an average value. Examples of the inorganic pigment which can be used as a coloring agent for forming a color pattern (colored pixel) include a metal compound such as a metal oxide or a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, and titanium. a metal oxide such as magnesium, chromium, zinc or bismuth, or a composite oxide of the above metals. Examples of the organic pigment include CI·Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ό, 7, 9, 1 〇, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1. 48 : 2, 48:3, 48: 4, 49, 49.1, 49 . 2 , 52:1 , 52 : 2 , 53:1 , 57:1 , 60:1 , 63:1 , 66 67 , 81:1 , 81: 2, 81:3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176 , 177 , 178 , 179 , 184 , 185 , 187 , 188 , 190 , 200 , 202 , 206 , 207 , 208 , 209 , 147900.doc -26 · 201126269 210 ' 216 ' 220 ' 224 ' 226 ' 242 , 246 ' 254 ' 255 , 264 , 270 ' 272, 279 ' CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31 , 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81 , 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 1 16 , 117 , 118 , 119 , 120 , 123 , 125 , 126 , 127 , 128 , 129 , 137 , 138 , 139 , 147 , 148 , 150 , 151 , 152 , 153 , 154 , 155 , 156 , 161 , 162 , 164 , 166 , 167 ' 168 , 169 , 170 , 171 , 172 , 173 , 174 , 175 , 176 , 177 , 179 , 180 , 181 , 182 , 185 , 187 , 188 , 193 , 194 , 199 , 213 , 214 CI Pigment Lights 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49 '51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 CI Pigment Green 7, i〇, 36, 37, 58 CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, ι5.6, 16, 22, 60 '64, 66 79. Change the substituent of 79 to (10), 80 C·1. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42 CI Pigment Brown 25, 28, and the like. Among these, as the pigment which can be preferably used, the following are mentioned. However, the present invention is not limited to these. 147900.doc -27· 201126269 CI pigment yellow u, 24, 108, 109, 110, 138, 139, 150, 151, 154, 167, 180, 185 CI pigment dial 36, 71 cI pigment red 122, 150, 171, 175, 177, 209, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264 CI Pigment Violet 19, 23, 32 CI Pigment Blue I5: i, 15:3, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 66 CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 37, 58 These organic pigments may be used singly or in combination for the purpose of improving color purity. Specific examples of the combination are disclosed below. For example, as the pigment for the red phase (R), an anthraquinone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a diketone pyrrole and a pyrene pigment may be used alone, or at least one of these may be used together with a disazo yellow pigment. a mixture of an isoporphyrin yellow pigment, a quinucone-based yellow pigment, or a mixture of an anthraquinone red pigment, an anthraquinone red pigment, and a diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment. For example, C 丄 Pigment Red 177 is exemplified as the pigment of the brewing system, CI Pigment Red 155 and CI. Pigment Red 224 are exemplified as the flower pigment, and Pigment Red 254 is exemplified as the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment; In terms of color reproducibility, it is preferably mixed with C.1·Pigment Yellow 139 or CI·Pigment Red 177. In addition, the quality of red pigments and other pigments is better than 5~100:80. When it is 1 or less: 4 or less, it is difficult to suppress the (10) to 鸠 (10), and the transmittance may not improve the color purity. Further, when it is 1 00:8 or more, the coloring ability may be lowered. In particular, the above mass ratio is preferably 100:10~1GG:65F. Furthermore, in the case of the combination of the color-collecting pigments 147900.doc •28- 201126269, the adjustment can be made according to the chromaticity. Further, as the pigment for the green phase (6), the "green crystal pigment" may be used alone, or it may be used together with a disazo yellow yellow, 18 (four) yellow pigment, a sub-f-azo yellow pigment or an iso-t-line. Mixing of yellow pigments. For example, CJ Pigment Green 7, %, 37, Μ and ^. Pigment Yellow 138, CJ. Pigment Yellow 139, C·!. Pigment Yellow (4) Heart·Pig Yellow 180 or Mixing of CI Pigment Yellow 185. From the viewpoint of obtaining sufficient color purity and suppressing deviation of the target color, the quality of the green pigment and the yellow pigment is preferably 1 0 0:5 ~ 1 〇〇: 15 0. In the temporary county,, ',, quality, especially good for the range of 10〇··3〇~ΐ〇〇·ΐ2〇. As a pigment for the blue phase (Β), g-based pigment can be used alone. Or use a mixture of eight and - 7 p well rabbit color pigments. For example, it is preferred to mix CI pigment f 15:6 with C.1·Pigment Violet 23. The quality of blue pigment and purple pigment is better. _: 5 〇, more preferably 100: 5 〜 1 () 0: 30. (4) The coloring agent in the colored photosensitive resin composition of each month contains = denier. The total solid content (mass) of the material is preferably 15% = 〇 to 75% by mass. More preferably, it is 20% by mass to 70% by mass. If the content of the coloring agent is within the above range, the color concentration is sufficient. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an organic pigment as a coloring agent and to use a polymer compound to be coated with a finening step or a dispersion step. The polymer compound is coated with a pigment, and the finely pigmented pigment can also be used: it can inhibit the formation of two aggregates and the pseudo-particles 147900.doc • 29- 201126269 The dispersion of the state of the sub-distribution improves the coated pigment and stabilizes The coated pigment having excellent dispersion stability of the dispersed primary particles is maintained. The coated pigment according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention is obtained by coating a pigment with a polymer compound, but the coating is applied to a surface produced by miniaturization. The new interface of the pigment having a higher activity than the pigment has a strong electrostatic interaction with the polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in the side chain, and the polymer compound is firmly formed into two layers. In the present invention, even if the pigment after the coating treatment is washed with an organic solvent capable of dissolving the polymer compound, the polymer compound coated is hardly released. In the invention, the stomach-coated pigment is a coating of a polymer compound such as an organic pigment, which has a polar group having a polar group such as a heterocyclic ring, and is strongly coated with a surface of the pigment particle by the polymer compound. Part or all of it can exert a higher dispersion stability effect, unlike the general polymer dispersant adsorbed on the pigment. The coated state can be confirmed by using an organic solvent as shown below Wash, measure high score: free amount of compound (free rate). That is, after the high-adsorption adsorption of the high-mass compound is carried out by washing with an organic solvent, most of the (4) Gan Gu is removed. However, as the surface-coated surface of the present invention, the liberation rate is extremely small, and is 30. %the following. The amount of 1-methoxy-2-propanthene, and the main-soil 4 + was utilized. With a flaw, the pigment is treated first, and the free is calculated.

、體而5,將顏料10 g投入至j _甲盞I 1 中,蚀田m 八主卜甲氧基-2-丙醇loo mL 使用振逯機於室溫下振盈3小時 離機,〇,_啊下以8 降’利用離心分 吁使顏科沈降,由乾燥法求出 147900.doc -30- 201126269 上清液部分之固形物成分’藉此求出自顏料游離之高分子 口物之質里’再由與被覆處理所使用之高分子化合物之 質量的比值算出游離率(%)。 。等之顏料之游離率可藉由以下方法測定。即,利用 可溶解顏料之溶劑(例如二甲基亞石風、二甲基甲醯胺、甲 酸、硫酸等)將全部顏料溶解後,利用溶解性差異,藉由 有機溶劑將高分子彳μh 门刀子化合物與顏料分離,算出「被覆處理所 使用之兩分子化合物之質量」。另外,如上述利用!-甲氧 土 醇月洗顏料’用所獲得之游離量(自顏料游離之高 刀子化口物之質量)除以該「被覆處理所使用之高分子化 合物之質量」,求出游離率(%)。 游離率越小,顏料越牢固地被高分子化合物被覆,分散 刀散穩定II越良好。游離率之範圍較佳為%%以下, 更佳為20%以下’最佳為15%以下。理想的是㈣。 一被覆處理較佳為與_之微細化步驟同時進行,具體而 a ’係t由如下步驟而實施:添加丨)顏料、⑴水溶性無機 鹽、叫實質上不溶解ii}之少量水溶性有機溶劑、及^高 分子化合物,卩用捏合機等進行機械混練的步驟(稱為鹽 磨步驟將該混合物投人至水中,利用高速混合機等= 行撲拌而製成_狀的步驟;及料聚料進行過據、水 洗’視需要進行乾燥的步驟。 以下’進-步具體說明上述之鹽磨。首先,向〇有機顏 料與…水溶性线鹽之混合物巾添加作為㈣劑之少量 iii)水溶性有機溶劑,利用捏合機等進行強力捏合後,將 I47900.doc -31 · 201126269 該混合物投入至水中,利用古 “ ㈣合機等進行授拌而製成 漿料狀。其次,對該漿料進行 琨仃過濾、水洗,視需要進行乾 : 得經微細化之顏料。再者,於分散至油性清漆 中而使用之情形時,亦可一邊 瓊藉由通常稱為閃蒸之方法將 =則之處理顏料(稱為遽餅)除去水,-邊分散至油性清 漆中。又,於分散至水系清漆中 &gt; μ π τ夂匱形時,處理顏料無需 進灯乾燥,可將濾餅直接分散至清漆中。 鹽磨時,藉由將上述iH)有機溶劑與iv)高分子化合 少:部分可溶之樹脂)併用,可獲得更加微細,且表面由 IV)尚分子化合物(至少一部分 顏料之凝集較少的被覆顏料。所被覆的乾燥時 :二㈨高分子化合物可於鹽磨步驟之初期全部添加, 亦可刀割添加。又’亦可於分散步驟添加。 顏料之被覆所使用之高分子化合物只要為具有對顏料之 吸附性基者,則可為任意。尤佳為側鏈具有雜環之高分子 化合物。作為如此之高分子化合物’例如可使用:曰本專 利特開2親-83_號公報之陶9]〜[吻〇]、日本 2009-62457號公報之[0044]〜[〇〇47]中所揭示者 ' =使用上述經被覆處理之顏料之情形時,更佳 散劑之至少1種將顏料分散,而以顏料分散組合物之形式 使用。藉由含有該分散劑,可提高顏料之分散性。 &gt; 作為分散劑,例如可適宜選用公知 活性劑。 之顏枓分散劑或界面 具體而言’可使用多種化合物,例如 』夕j舉.有機矽氧 147900.doc •32· 201126269 烷聚合物ΚΡ341(信越化學工業(股份)製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸 系(共)聚合物Polyfl〇w No.75、No.90、No.95(以上為共榮 社化學工業(股份)製造)、w〇〇1 (裕商(股份)公司製造)等陽 離子系界面活性劑;聚氡乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基 、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬 基本基_、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸醋、 山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑;w〇〇4、 W005、W017(以上為裕商(股份)公司製造)等陰離子系界面 活性劑;£?艮八-46、£卩1&lt;:八-47、£?〖八-47丑八、£?〖八-5, the pigment 10 g was put into j _ formazan I 1 , etched m VIII main methoxy-2-propanol loo mL using a vibrating machine at room temperature for 3 hours off the machine, 〇, _ ah under 8 drop 'Using centrifugation to make Yanke sedimentation, from the dry method 147900.doc -30- 201126269 supernatant solid part of the composition of the ingredients' to determine the polymer from the pigment free In the substance quality, the liberation rate (%) was calculated from the ratio of the mass of the polymer compound used for the coating treatment. . The liberation rate of the pigment can be determined by the following method. That is, after dissolving all the pigments by a solvent capable of dissolving the pigment (for example, dimethyl sulphur, dimethylformamide, formic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.), the polymer is used to pulverize the polymer by an organic solvent. The knife compound is separated from the pigment, and the "quality of the two molecules used in the coating treatment" is calculated. In addition, use as above! - The amount of free radical obtained by the amount of free radical obtained from the pigment-free high-knife nucleating material is divided by the mass of the polymer compound used for coating treatment, and the liberation rate is determined (%) ). The smaller the liberation rate, the stronger the pigment is coated with the polymer compound, and the better the dispersibility is. The range of the liberation ratio is preferably %% or less, more preferably 20% or less, and most preferably 15% or less. The ideal is (4). Preferably, a coating treatment is carried out simultaneously with the miniaturization step of _, specifically, a ' t is carried out by adding: 丨) pigment, (1) a water-soluble inorganic salt, a small amount of water-soluble organic substance substantially insoluble ii} a solvent, a polymer compound, a step of mechanical kneading by a kneading machine or the like (referred to as a salt milling step), in which a mixture is poured into water, and a high-speed mixer or the like is used to prepare a _ shape; The material aggregate is subjected to a step of washing and washing as needed. The following steps are specifically described in the following paragraphs. First, a small amount of the (four) agent is added to the mixture of the cerium organic pigment and the water-soluble linear salt. The water-soluble organic solvent is kneaded by a kneader or the like, and the mixture is put into water by I47900.doc -31 · 201126269, and is mixed with an ancient "(4) machine to obtain a slurry. Next, The slurry is subjected to hydrazine filtration, water washing, and drying as needed: a finely refined pigment. Further, when it is used in an oil varnish, it can also be used as a flashing side. The method of treating the pigment (called a cake) removes the water, and disperses it into the oil varnish. Further, when it is dispersed into the water varnish &gt; μ π τ 夂匮 shape, the treated pigment does not need to be dried by the lamp, and The filter cake is directly dispersed into the varnish. When salt milling, by using the above iH) organic solvent and iv) polymer compounding less: partially soluble resin), a more fine, and surface-based compound can be obtained (IV) At least a part of the pigment is coated with less pigment. When the coating is dried: the two (nine) polymer compound may be added at the beginning of the salt milling step, or may be added by knife cutting. It may also be added in the dispersion step. The polymer compound to be used may be any one having an adsorptivity base to a pigment. It is preferably a polymer compound having a heterocyclic ring in a side chain. As such a polymer compound, for example, it is possible to use: In the case of the above-mentioned coated paint, the above-mentioned [0044]~[〇〇47] of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-62457 , at least one of the better powders The pigment is dispersed and used in the form of a pigment dispersion composition. By containing the dispersant, the dispersibility of the pigment can be improved. &gt; As the dispersing agent, for example, a known active agent can be suitably selected. In terms of 'a variety of compounds can be used, for example, 』 j j. Organic 矽 oxygen 147900.doc • 32· 201126269 alkane ΚΡ 341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyfl 〇w No.75, No.90, No.95 (the above is manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), w〇〇1 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), and other cationic surfactants; Lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene hydrazine base, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol Nonionic surfactants such as fatty acid vinegar and sorbitan fatty acid ester; anionic surfactants such as w〇〇4, W005, W017 (above, manufactured by Yushang Co., Ltd.); 46, £卩1&lt;: eight-47, £? 〖eight-47 ugly eight, £? 八八-

Polymer 100、EFKA-Polymer 400、EFKA-Polymer 401、 EFKA-Polymer 450(以上為 Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製 造)、Disperse Aid 6、Disperse Aid 8、Disperse Aid 15、 Disperse Aid 9 100(以上為San Nopco公司製造)等高分子分 散劑;Polymer 100, EFKA-Polymer 400, EFKA-Polymer 401, EFKA-Polymer 450 (above manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals), Disperse Aid 6, Disperse Aid 8, Disperse Aid 15, Disperse Aid 9 100 (above manufactured by San Nopco) ) a polymeric dispersant;

Solsperse 3000 、 5000 、 9000 、 12000 、 13240 、 13940 、 17000、24000、26000、28000 等各種 Solsperse分散劑(以 上為曰本 Lubrizol(股份)製造);Adeka Pluronic L3 1、 F38、L42、L44、L61、L64、F68、L72、P95、F77、 P84、F87、P94、L101、P103、F108、L121、P-123(以上 為ADEKA(股份)製造)及Isonet S-20(三洋化成(股份)製 造)、Disperbyk 101、103、106、108、109、111、112、 116 、 130 、 140 、 142 、 161 、 162 、 163 ' 164 、 166 、 167 、 170、171、174、176、180、182、2000、2001、2050、 2150(以上為8丫〖〇^11^(股份)公司製造)。此外可列舉丙 147900.doc •33· 201126269 n、聚物等分子末端或者側鍵具有極性基之募聚物或 肴ι合物。 作為分散劑於顏料分散組合物中的含量,相對於所述之 顏料之質量,較佳為W00質量%,更佳為3〜7〇質量。 上述顏料分散組合物中視需要可添加顏料衍生物。藉由 $與分散劑具有親和性之部分、或者導人有極性基之顏料 何生物吸附在顏料表面,將其用作分散劑之吸附點,可使 顏料以微細粒子之形式分散至感光性樹脂組合物中而防 止其再凝集,可有效地構成對比度較高,透明 色濾光片。 顏料何生物具體為以有機顏料作為母體骨架,侧鏈導入 有酸性基或驗性基、芳香族基作為取代基的化合物。作為 有機顏料,具體可列舉:噎。丫。定酮系顏料、醜菁系顏料、 偶氮系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、異十朵啉系顏料、異十朵啉 酮系顏料、啥琳顏料、二酮D比略并口比略顏料、苯并味唾綱 顏料等。亦包括通常不被稱為色素之蔡系、葱酿系、三呼 系 '唾琳系等之淡黃色之芳香族多環化合物。作為色素衍 生物’可使用:日本專利特開平u_49974號公報、日本專 利特開平1 M89732號公報、日本專利特開平1〇_2455〇1號 公報、日本專利特開2006_265528號公報、曰本專利特開 平8-295810號公報、曰本專利特開平^99796號公報、曰 本專利特開2005-234478號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇3_ 240938號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇1_35621〇號公報等争所 記載者。 147900.doc -34- 201126269 i員料衍生物在顏料分散組合Μ的含量,相對於顏料之 里,較佳為㈣質量%,更佳為3〜2〇質量%。若該含量 在上述範圍内,則可„度抑制為較低,同時良好地進行 分散’並且提高分散後之分散穩㈣,獲得穿透率較高之 優異色特性,製作彩色遽光片時可以良好之色 對比度。 乂円 分散之方法例如可藉由如下方式進行:預先將顏料愈分 散劑混合,預先㈣均f㈣進行分散,針對所獲得者使 用利用鍅珠等之珠分散機等將其微分散。 本發明中’於使用染料作為著色劑之情形時,可獲得均 勾溶解之著色感光性樹脂組合物。 作為可用作著色劑之染料,並無特別限制,可使用先前 用於彩色滤光片用途之公知染料。例如為:日本專利特開 64 9〇4〇3號公報、日本專利特開昭64_911〇2號公報、曰 本專利特開平1·943ίΗ號公報、日本專利特開平6·11614號 公報、日本專利特登25922〇7號、美國專利第4,8〇8,5〇1號 說明書、美國專利第5,667,92()號說明書、美國專利第 5,〇59,5GG號說明書、日本專利特開平5_3332()7號公報、日 本專利特開平6_351 83號公報、日本專利㈣平6·5ι⑴號 公報、日本專利特開平6_19彻號公報、日本專利特開平 8-211599號公報、日本專利特開平4·249549號公報、日本 專利特開平1()·1233 16號公報、日本專利特開平i i•助Μ 號公報、日本專利特開平7_2861G7號公報、日本專利特開 2001-4823號公報、日本專利特開平8_丨5522號公報、曰本 147900.doc -35· 201126269 專利特開平8-29771號公報、日本專利特開平8_146215號公 報、曰本專利特開平U-343437號公報、曰本專利特開平 62416號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇2-1422〇號公報、日本專 利特開2002-14221號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇2_14222號公 報日本專利特開2002-14223號公報、日本專利特開平 302224號公報、曰本專利特開平8_73758號公報、曰本專 利特開平8-179120號公報、曰本專利特開平8_151531號公 報等中所記載之色素。 作為化學結構,可使用:《»比唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、 二苯基曱烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吼啶酮系、亞苄基系、氧喏 系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、吩噻畊 系、。比咯并吼唑次甲基偶氮系、星系、酞菁系、苯并吡 喃系、靛藍系等之染料。 &lt;(B)聚合性化合物&gt; 本發明之紫外光雷射曝光用著色感光性樹脂組合物含有 (B)聚合性化合物。 可用於本發明之聚合性化合物係具有至少一個乙烯性不 飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物,可自具有至少1個、較佳 為2個以上之末端乙稀性不飽和鍵的化合物中選擇。如此 之化合物群係該產業領域中廣為人知者,本發明可無特別 限定地使用該等。該等例如有如下化學形態:單體,預聚 物即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物,或此等之混合物以及此等 之共聚物等。作為單體及其共聚物之例,可列舉不飽和缓 酸(例如丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁婦 147900.doc •36· 201126269 酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為使用不飽和羧 酉夂與月曰肪私多7C醇化合物之g旨、不飽和缓酸與脂肪族多胺 化合物之酿胺類。 又亦適且使用.具有羥基、胺基或騎基等親核性取代 基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或者多官能異氰酸 酉曰類或者環氧類的加成反應生成物,及與單官能或者多官 能之羧酸的脫水縮合反應生成物等。又,亦適宜使用:具 有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯 或者醯胺類與單官能或者多官能之醇類、胺類、硫醇類的 加成反應物,及具有鹵素基或甲笨磺醯氧基等脫離性取代 基之不飽和羧酸酯或者醯胺類與單官能或者多官能之醇 類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。又,作為其他例,亦可 使用將上述之不飽和羧酸換為不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯、乙烯 基醚等之化合物群。 再者’本說明書中將丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸酯統—記載 為(曱基)丙烯酸酯。 關於脂肪族多元醇化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯的單體之具 體例’作為(曱基)丙稀酸酯,較佳可列舉:乙二醇二(甲 • 基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二 (曱基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二 (甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基 丙,烷三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷三((甲基)丙烯醯氡 基丙基)醚、三羥甲基乙烷三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二 (甲基)丙稀酸醋、1,4-環己二醇二(曱基)丙稀酸醋、四乙二 147900.doc -37- 201126269 醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊 四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 季戊四醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三丙烯酸 酯、山梨糖醇四(曱基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇五(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、山梨糖醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三((曱基)丙烯醯氧基 乙基)異氰尿酸酯、聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物、異氰尿酸 EO改性三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A二(曱基)丙烯酸酯E〇改 性體、三羥曱基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三 ((甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三羥甲基乙烷三(曱基)丙烯酸 醋、四乙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、 季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戍四醇四(曱基)丙稀酸 §曰、一季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙稀酸醋 EO改性體、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯E〇改性體等。 作為衣康酸酯,有乙二醇二衣康酸酯、丙二醇二衣康酸 酯、1,3-丁二醇二衣康酸酯、L4-丁二醇二衣康酸酯、丨,4· 丁二醇二衣康酸酯、季戊四醇二衣康酸酯、山梨糖醇四衣 康酸酯等。作為丁烯酸酯,有乙二醇二丁烯酸酯、丨,4-丁 二醇二丁烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丁烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四丁稀 酸酿等。作為異丁烯酸酯,有乙二醇二異丁烯酸酯、季戍 四醇一異丁烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四異丁稀酸酯等。作為馬來 夂画曰有乙一酵一馬來酸醋、二乙·一醇二馬來酸g旨、季戊 四醇二馬來酸酯、山梨糖醇四馬來酸酯等。 147900.doc •38· 201126269 乍為其他醋之例’例如亦可適宜使用:曰本 號公報、日本專利特開昭57i9623i號公報中戶^ 載之脂肪族醇系醋類,或曰本專利特開昭59-524時八 報、日本專利特開昭冰训號公報、日本專利特開^ 226149號公報中所記載之具有芳香族系骨架者,日本專利 特開平1·165613號公報中所記載之具有胺基者等。 又’作Α脂肪族多胺化合物與不飽和叛酸之酿胺的草體 之具體例,有亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、亞甲基雙曱基丙烯醯 胺' 1,6_己二丙烯醯胺、丨,6_己二甲基丙烯醯胺、二乙三 胺三丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙丙烯醯胺、苯二甲基雙甲基丙 烯酿胺等。作為其他醯胺系單體之較佳例,可列舉:日本 專利特公昭54-21726號公報中所記載之具有伸環己基結構 者0 又’亦適宜使用利用異氰㈣與經基之加成反應所製造 的胺基甲酸酯系加成聚合性化合物,作為如此之具體例, 例如可列舉:日本專利特公昭48-417G8號公報中所記載之 對1分子中具有2個以上異氰酸酯基的聚異氰酸酯化合物加 成下述通式(V)所表示之含有經基之乙稀基單體而成的】分 子中含有2個以上聚合性乙烯基的乙烯基胺基甲酸酯化合 物等。 CH2=C(R4)CO〇CH2CH(R5)〇H (V) (其中’ R4及R5各自獨立表示η或CH3)。 又,亦適宜使用:日本專利特開昭5丨·3 7丨93號公報、曰 本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2_16765號 147900.doc -39- 201126269 公報中所記載之胺基甲酸自旨丙稀酸3旨類,$日本專利特公 昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭we#號公報、日 本專利特公昭62·39417號公報、日本專利特公昭㈤剛 號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙㈣、骨架之胺基甲酸醋化合 物類。進而’藉由使用日本專利特開昭63_277653號公 報、日本專利特開昭63_26_9號公報、日纟專利特開平卜 105238號公報中所記載之分子内具有胺基結構或硫化物結 構的加成聚合性化合物類,可獲得感光速度非常優異之光 聚合性組合物。 作為其他例,可列舉:日本專利特開昭48_64183號公 報、曰本專利特公昭49_43191號公報、曰本專利特公昭Μ· 30490號公報之各公報中所記載之聚酯丙烯酸酯類、環氧 樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸反應而獲得之環氧基丙烯酸醋類等多 官能性丙烯酸酯或曱基丙烯酸酯。又,可列舉:曰本專利 特a日。46-43946號公報、日本專利特公平卜4〇337號公報、 日本專利特公平^403%號公報中所記載之特定不飽和化 合物,或日本專利特開平2_25493號公報中所記載之乙烯 基膦k系化合物4。又,有時亦適宜使用日本專利特開昭 61-22048號公報中所記載之含有全氟烷基之結構。 又’作為市售品’較佳為胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-1 〇、 UAB-140(以上為山陽國策紙漿公司製造)、〇ρηα(日本化 藥公司製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、 T-600、AI-600(以上為共榮公司製造)。 此外可使用日本接著協會志乂〇1.2〇、如.7、300〜308頁 147900.doc •40· 201126269 (984年)中所介紹之光硬化性單體及寡聚物。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之(B)聚合性化合物 之較佳癌樣為.含有i種以上之分子内含有5個以上、^ 5個 以下之聚合性基的化合物,及丨種以上之分子内含有1個以 上4個以下之聚合性基的化合物。作為分子内含有5個以 上15個以下之聚合性基的化合物,及分子内含有丨個以 上、4個以下之聚合性基的化合物,較佳為以下化合物。 作為分子内含有5個以上、15個以下之聚合性基的化合 物之例,為二季戊四醇五(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六 (甲基)丙稀酸酯、山梨糖醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇 六(曱基)丙烯酸酯、及 U-6HA、U-15HA、UA-32P、UA-7200(以上為新中村化學公司製造)、TO-2248、2349、 13 82(以上為東亞合成公司製造)等。又,新戊二醇寡聚(曱 基)丙烯酸酯' 1,4_丁二醇募聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丨,6_己二 醇寡聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷寡聚(甲基)丙烯酸 醋、季戊四醇寡聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸環氧酯等分子内含有5以上、15以 下之(曱基)丙烯醯基的化合物,於採用如此之寡聚物時, 其分子量較佳為1000〜5000之範圍。 作為分子内含有1個以上、4個以下之聚合性基的化合 物’可列舉:三羥曱基丙烷三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基 丙烷PO(環氧丙烷)改性三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷 EO(環氧乙烷)改性三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基曱烷四 147900.doc •41 · 201126269 (甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲 基丙烷)四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙 烯酸酯等》 於含有1種以上之分子内含有5個以上、15個以下之聚合 性基的化合物,及1種以上之分子内含有丨個以上、4個Z 下之聚合性基的化合物之情形時,關於分子内含有5個以 上、15個以下之聚合性基的化合物與分子内含有丨個以 上、4個以下之聚合性基的化合物的比例,分子内含有$個 以上、15個以下之聚合性基的化合物:分子内含有i個以 上、4個以下之聚合性基的化合物以質量換算較佳為 60:40〜95:5之範圍,更佳為70:3〇〜9〇:1〇之範圍。 (B)聚合性化合物之含量之合計,於本發明之著色感光 性樹脂組合物層中之全部固形物成分中,較佳為5質量 %〜55質量%,更佳為1〇質量%〜5〇質量%,更佳為。質量 %〜45質量%。 &lt;(C)光聚合起始劑&gt; 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有光聚合起始 丨了用於本發明之(c)光聚合起始劑係藉由曝光光而感 光,從而引發、促進上述(B)聚合性化合物之聚合的化合 物,較佳為對紫外光雷射之曝光波長有吸收者。 作為(c)光聚合起始劑,尤佳為通式(11)所表示之肟酯化 合物。 [化 10] 147900.doc • 42· 201126269 Ο 〇Solsperse 3000, 5000, 9000, 12000, 13240, 13940, 17000, 24000, 26000, 28000 and other Solsperse dispersants (above are manufactured by Sakamoto Lubrizol (share)); Adeka Pluronic L3 1, F38, L42, L44, L61, L64, F68, L72, P95, F77, P84, F87, P94, L101, P103, F108, L121, P-123 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA (share)) and Isonet S-20 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical (stock)), Disperbyk 101, 103, 106, 108, 109, 111, 112, 116, 130, 140, 142, 161, 162, 163' 164, 166, 167, 170, 171, 174, 176, 180, 182, 2000, 2001 2050, 2150 (above 8 丫 〇 ^ 11 ^ (share) company). Further, a propylene 147900.doc • 33·201126269 n, a polymer or the like, or a molecular group having a polar group or a side compound having a polar group may be mentioned. The content of the dispersant in the pigment dispersion composition is preferably W00% by mass, more preferably 3 to 7 Å by mass, based on the mass of the pigment. A pigment derivative may be added to the above pigment dispersion composition as needed. By dispersing a part having affinity with a dispersant or a pigment having a polar group on the surface of the pigment and using it as a adsorption point of the dispersant, the pigment can be dispersed as a fine particle to the photosensitive resin. The composition is prevented from re-aggregating, and a transparent filter having a high contrast can be effectively formed. The pigment is specifically a compound in which an organic pigment is used as a matrix and an acid group or an organic group or an aromatic group is introduced as a substituent in the side chain. Specific examples of the organic pigment include hydrazine. Hey. A ketone-based pigment, an ugly-based pigment, an azo-based pigment, a quinophthalone-based pigment, an iso-dosyl-based pigment, an iso-p-porphyrin-based pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, a diketone D ratio, a slightly parallel pigment, Benzo-flavored salvia pigments, etc. Also included are pale yellow aromatic polycyclic compounds which are not commonly referred to as pigments, such as Tsai, onion, and three-calling 'Salina. As a pigment derivative, it is possible to use: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. H-49974, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The bulletin and other contentants are recorded. 147900.doc -34- 201126269 The content of the pigment derivative in the pigment dispersion composition is preferably (four) mass%, more preferably 3 to 2 mass%, based on the pigment. If the content is within the above range, the degree of suppression can be lowered, and the dispersion can be performed well, and the dispersion after dispersion can be improved (4), and excellent color characteristics with high transmittance can be obtained, and when a color calender sheet is produced, Good color contrast. For example, the method of dispersing the pigment can be carried out by mixing the pigment-dispersing agent in advance, dispersing in advance (four), f (four), and using a bead dispersing machine such as bead or the like for the obtained person. In the present invention, when a dye is used as a coloring agent, a colored photosensitive resin composition which can be uniformly dissolved can be obtained. As the coloring agent, there is no particular limitation, and it can be used for color filtration. A known dye for the use of a light sheet, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. - No. 11614, Japanese Patent No. 25,922, No. 7, U.S. Patent No. 4,8,8,5,1, U.S. Patent No. 5,667,92 (), U.S. Patent No. 5, 〇59,5G Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 4,249,549, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 8-29771, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62416, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2002-14221, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The dye described in the above. As the chemical structure, "» benzazole azo, anilinoazo, diphenylnonane, anthraquinone, acridone, benzylidene, oxygen Lanthanide, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiline, bis-oxazolyl azo, galaxies, phthalocyanines, benzopyrans (B) polymerizable compound&gt; The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser exposure of the present invention contains (B) a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound which can be used in the present invention is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and can be selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. . Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and the present invention can be used without any particular limitation. These include, for example, the following chemical forms: monomers, prepolymers, i.e., dimers, trimers, and oligomers, or mixtures thereof, and the like. Examples of the monomer and the copolymer thereof include unsaturated acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, butyl 147900.doc • 36·201126269 acid, maleic acid, etc.) or The esters and guanamines are preferably those which use an unsaturated carboxy hydrazine and a 7C alcohol compound, an unsaturated acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound. Also suitable for use. Addition of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or guanamines having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a cyclyl group to a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group The product and a product obtained by dehydration condensation reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid. Further, an addition reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group or an oxime amine with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol is also suitably used. And a substituted carboxylic acid ester having a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a sulfonyloxy group or a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, as another example, a compound group obtained by replacing the above unsaturated carboxylic acid with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene or vinyl ether may be used. Further, in the present specification, acrylate and methacrylate are described as (mercapto) acrylate. Specific examples of the monomer of the ester of the aliphatic polyol compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid are referred to as (mercapto) acrylate, and ethylene glycol bis(meth)acrylate or triethylene glycol is preferred. Alcohol (indenyl) acrylate, 1,3-butanediol di(indenyl) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(indenyl) acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, neopentyl Diol bis(indenyl) acrylate, trimethylolpropane, alkane tris(mercapto) acrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane tris((meth)propenyl propyl)ether, trishydroxymethyl Alkane (mercapto) acrylate, hexanediol di(meth) acrylate vinegar, 1,4-cyclohexanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate vinegar, tetraethylene 147900.doc -37- 201126269 Alcohol bis(mercapto) acrylate, pentaerythritol bis(indenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol di(decyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol five ( Mercapto) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, sorbitol triacrylate , sorbitol tetrakis(meth) acrylate, sorbitol penta (meth) acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth) acrylate, tris((mercapto) propylene methoxyethyl) isocyanuric acid Acid ester, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomer, isocyanuric acid EO modified tris(fluorenyl) acrylate, bisphenol A di(meth) acrylate, bisphenol A bis(indenyl) acrylate E〇 modified body, trishydroxypropyl propane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris((meth)acryloxypropyl)ether, trimethylolethane tris(fluorenyl) Acrylic vinegar, tetraethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol tris(decyl) acrylate, quaternary tetraol tetra(indenyl) acrylic acid § 曰, pentaerythritol tetra (methyl) Acrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacetic acid EO modified product, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate E 〇 modified body, and the like. As the itaconate, there are ethylene glycol diitaric acid ester, propylene glycol II itaconate, 1,3-butylene glycol isaconate, L4-butanediol diitaconate, hydrazine, 4 • Butanediol diitaconate, pentaerythritol diitaconate, sorbitol tetraconate, and the like. Examples of the butenoate include ethylene glycol dimethyl acrylate, hydrazine, 4-butylene glycol bis acrylate, pentaerythritol dimethyl acrylate, and sorbitol tetrabutyl sorbate. Examples of the methacrylate include ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, quaternary phosphonol monomethacrylate, and sorbitol tetraisobutyl acrylate. As a Malay 夂 曰 乙 乙 乙 乙 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 马 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 147900.doc •38· 201126269 乍 其他 其他 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪 脂肪Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Those having an amine group and the like. Further, as a specific example of the grass of the aliphatic polyamine compound and the unsaturated tartile amine, there are methylene bis acrylamide, methylene bis decyl acrylamide ' 1,6 hexane propylene Amidoxime, hydrazine, 6-hexyl dimethyl decylamine, diethylenetriamine tripropylene decylamine, phthaldimethyl bis decyl decylamine, benzodimethyl bis methacrylamide, and the like. Preferred examples of the other amide-based monomer include those having a cyclohexylene structure described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-21726, and the use of isocyanide (tetra) and a base group are also suitably used. The urethane-based addition-polymerizable compound produced by the reaction, as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-417G8, has two or more isocyanate groups per molecule. The polyisocyanate compound is a compound obtained by adding a vinyl group-containing monomer represented by the following formula (V), and a vinyl urethane compound containing two or more polymerizable vinyl groups in the molecule. CH2=C(R4)CO〇CH2CH(R5)〇H (V) (wherein 'R4 and R5 each independently represent η or CH3). In addition, it is also suitable to use: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho. 5, No. 3, No. 3, No. 3, 293, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-32293, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. Amino formic acid is intended for use in the category of acrylic acid, and is disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. No. sho. No., Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62.39417, Japanese Patent Special Publication No. Sho. The urethane carboxylic acid compound having an epoxy group (tetra) or a skeleton described in the above. Further, the addition polymerization having an amine group structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO63-277-93 As the compound, a photopolymerizable composition having a very excellent photospeed can be obtained. Other examples include polyester acrylates and epoxy resins disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO-49-43191, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. A polyfunctional acrylate or mercapto acrylate such as an epoxy acrylate obtained by reacting a resin with (meth)acrylic acid. In addition, it can be cited as follows: The specific unsaturated compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. No. 4,403, the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei. K-based compound 4. Further, a structure containing a perfluoroalkyl group described in JP-A-61-22048 may be suitably used. Further, 'as a commercial product' is preferably a urethane oligomer UAS-1, UAB-140 (the above is manufactured by Sanyo Guoce Pulp Co., Ltd.), 〇ρηα (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (the above is manufactured by Co., Ltd.). In addition, photocurable monomers and oligomers described in Japanese Society of Associations, 乂〇 〇, pp. 7, 7, 300 to 308, 147900.doc • 40·201126269 (984) can be used. The preferred cancerous sample of the (B) polymerizable compound in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is a compound containing at least 5 or more than 5 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule of i or more. The above molecule contains one or more compounds having four or less polymerizable groups. The compound containing five or more polymerizable groups in the molecule and the compound having more than one or more polymerizable groups in the molecule are preferably the following compounds. Examples of the compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule are dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(methyl) acrylate, and sorbitol penta (methyl). Acrylate, sorbitol hexa(meth) acrylate, and U-6HA, U-15HA, UA-32P, UA-7200 (above, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), TO-2248, 2349, 13 82 ( The above is manufactured by East Asia Synthesis Co., Ltd.). Further, neopentyl glycol oligomeric (mercapto) acrylate ' 1,4 - butanediol condensed (meth) acrylate, hydrazine, 6-hexane diol oligomeric (meth) acrylate, trishydroxyl The base propane oligomeric (meth)acrylic acid vinegar, pentaerythritol oligomeric (meth) acrylate, urethane (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate epoxy ester contain 5 or more molecules, 15 The following (fluorenyl) propylene fluorenyl compound preferably has a molecular weight in the range of from 1,000 to 5,000 when such an oligomer is used. Examples of the compound which contains one or more and four or less polymerizable groups in the molecule include trishydroxypropyl propane tri(indenyl)acrylate and trishydroxypropylpropane PO (propylene oxide) modified tris(曱). Acrylate, trioxin propane EO (ethylene oxide) modified tri(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetrakis(meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth) acrylate, tetrahydroxymethyl hydrazine Alkane 147900.doc •41 · 201126269 (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, bis (trimethylolpropane) tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (methyl) (Acrylate, etc.) A compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in one or more kinds of molecules, and one or more compounds containing more than one or four Z-polymerizable groups in the molecule. In the case of a compound containing 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule, and a compound containing at least one or more polymerizable groups in the molecule, the ratio of the compound containing more than one or more than 15 molecules is contained in the molecule. Polymerization below The compound: a compound containing i or more and 4 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule preferably has a mass ratio of 60:40 to 95:5, more preferably 70:3 〇 to 9 〇:1 〇. . The total content of the polymerizable compound in the colored photosensitive resin composition layer of the present invention is preferably 5% by mass to 55% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass. 〇% by mass, better. Mass %~45% by mass. &lt;(C) Photopolymerization Initiator&gt; The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator. (c) The photopolymerization initiator is used for the present invention to be photosensitive by exposure light, thereby The compound which initiates and promotes the polymerization of the above (B) polymerizable compound is preferably one which absorbs the exposure wavelength of the ultraviolet laser. The (c) photopolymerization initiator is particularly preferably an oxime ester compound represented by the formula (11). [Chem. 10] 147900.doc • 42· 201126269 Ο 〇

價有機基’ Ar表示芳基。!^為〇〜5之整數。χ存在複數個 時,複數個X各自獨立表示一價取代基。 作為上述R所表示之一價取代基,較佳為以下所示之一 價非金屬原子團》 作為R所表示之一價非金屬原子團,可列舉:可具有取 代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之烯 基、可具有取代基之炔基、可具有取代基之烷基亞磺醯 基、可具有取代基之芳基亞磺醯基、可具有取代基之烷基 磺醯基、可具有取代基之芳基磺醯基、可具有取代基之醯 基、可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基、可具有取代基之芳基氧 基羰基、可具有取代基之膦醯基、可具有取代基之雜環 基、可具有取代基之烷基硫基羰基、可具有取代基之芳基 硫基羰基、可具有取代基之二烷基胺基羰基、可具有取代 基之二烷基胺基硫基羰基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基,較佳為碳數為1〜30之烷基, 例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、辛基、癸 基、十二烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、 第三丁基、卜乙基戊基、環戊基、環己基、三氟曱基、2_ 乙基己基、苯曱醯曱基、1-萘曱醯基曱基、2-萘曱醯基曱 147900.doc •43- 201126269 基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯曱醯甲基、4_(對苯胺基苯磺 酿基)苯甲酿甲基、4-二甲胺基苯曱醯曱基、4_氰基苯甲酿 甲基、4-甲基苯曱醯曱基' 2_曱基苯曱酼曱基、%氟苯曱 醯曱基、3-二氟甲基苯曱醯曱基、3_硝基苯甲醯甲基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基,較佳為碳數為6〜3〇之芳基, 例如可列舉:苯基、聯苯基、“萘基、2-萘基、9-蒽基、 9-菲基、1-芘基、5-稠四苯基、i_茚基、2_奠基、9_苐基、 聯三苯基、聯四苯基、鄰、間、及對曱苯基、二甲苯基、 鄰、間、及對異丙苯基、菜基、并環戊二稀基、聯萘基、 聯二萘基、聯四萘基、并環庚三烯基、聯伸苯基、二環戊 二烯并苯基、丙二烯合第基、危基、乙烯合蒽基、丙烯合 萘基、薙基、蒽S、聯蒽基、聯三蒽基、聯四葱基、蒽醌 基、菲基、聯伸三苯基、芘基、筷基、稠四苯基、下基、 茜基、茈基、五苯基、稠五苯、聯伸四苯基、六苯基、稠 六苯基、茹基、蔻基、聯伸三萘基、七苯基、稠七苯、芘 蒽基、莪基等。 作為可具有取代基之烯基,較佳為碳數為2〜1〇之烯基’ 例如可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、苯乙烯基等。 作為可具有取代基之炔基,較佳為碳數為2〜1〇之炔基, 例如可列舉:乙炔基、丙炔基、炔丙基等。 作為可具有取代基之烧基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為i〜2〇 之烷基亞磺醯基,例如可列舉:曱基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺 醯基、丙基亞續醯基、異丙基亞項醯基、丁基亞績酿基、 己基亞磺醯基、環己基亞磺醯基、辛基亞磺醯基、2_乙基 147900.doc •44· 201126269 己基亞磺醯基、癸醯基亞磺醯基、十二碳醯基亞磺醯基、 十八碳醯基亞磺醯基、氰基甲基亞磺醯基、甲氧基曱基亞 石黃酿基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為6〜3 0 之芳基亞磺醯基,例如可列舉:苯基亞磺醯基、1 -萘基亞 磺醯基、2-萘基亞磺醯基、2-氯苯基亞磺醯基、2-甲基苯 基亞磺醯基、2-甲氧基苯基亞磺醯基、2-丁氧基苯基亞磺 醯基、3-氯苯基亞磺醯基、3-三氟曱基苯基亞磺醯基、3-氰基苯基亞績醯基、3 -&gt;6肖基苯基亞續醯基、4 -氟苯基亞石黃 醯基、4-氰基笨基亞磺醯基、4-甲氧基苯基亞磺醯基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基亞磺醯基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯 基)苯基亞磺醯基、4-二甲胺基苯基亞磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1〜20之 烷基磺醯基,例如可列舉:曱基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙 基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、己基磺醯基、環 己基磺醯基、辛基磺醯基、2-乙基己基磺醯基、癸醯基磺 西&amp;基、十二碳酿基項酿基、十八碳酿基續酿基、氰基曱基 石黃醯基、曱氧基甲基續醯基、全氟烧基石黃醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為6〜3 0之 芳基磺醯基,例如可列舉:苯基磺醯基、1-萘基磺醯基、 2-萘基磺醯基、2-氣苯基磺醯基、2-甲基苯基磺醯基、2-甲氧基苯基磺醯基、2-丁氧基苯基磺醯基、3-氣苯基磺醯 基、3-三氟甲基苯基磺醯基、3-氰基苯基磺醯基、3-硝基 苯基磺醯基、4-氟苯基磺醯基、4-氰基苯基磺醯基、4-曱 147900.doc -45- 201126269 氧基苯基續酿基、4·(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基磺醯基、4_ (對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基磺醯基、4_二甲胺基苯基磺醯基 等。 作為可具有取代基之醯基’較佳為碳數為2〜20之醯基, 例如可列舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、三氟甲基羰基、 戊醞基、苯甲醯基、1_萘甲醯基、2_萘曱醯基、4_(對甲胺 基笨磺醯基)苯甲醯基、4_(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯甲醯基、 4·—甲胺基苯曱醯基、4-二乙胺基苯甲醯基、2_氯苯曱醯 基、2-甲基苯甲醢基、2_甲氧基苯甲醯基、2_ 丁氧基苯甲 醯基、3 -氯苯曱醯基、3_三氟甲基苯甲醯基、3_氰基苯甲 醯基、3-硝基苯甲醢基、4_氟苯甲醯基、4_氰基苯曱醯 基、4-曱氧基苯甲醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基,較佳為碳數為2〜2〇之 烷氧基羰基,例如可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙 氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、己基氧基羰基、辛基氧基羰基、 癸基氧基羰基、十八烷基氧基羰基、三氟甲基氧基羰基 等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基氧基羰基,可列舉:苯氧基羰 基、1-萘基氧基羰基、2-萘基氧基羰基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺 酿基)苯基氧基羰基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺酿基)苯基氧基羰 基、4-二甲胺基苯基氧基羰基、4_二乙胺基苯基氧基羰 基、2-氣苯基氧基羰基、2-甲基苯基氧基羰基、2_甲氧基 笨基氧基羰基、2-丁氧基苯基氧基羰基、3 -氣苯基氧基羰 基、3-三氟甲基苯基氧基羰基、3_氰基苯基氧基羰基、3_ 147900.doc •46· 201126269 硝基苯基氧基羰基、4-氟苯基氧基羰基、4-氰基苯基氧基 羰基、4-曱氧基苯基氧基羰基等。 作為可具有取代基之膦醯基,較佳為總碳數為2〜50之膦 醯基,例如可列舉:二甲基膦醯基、二乙基膦醯基、二丙 基膦醯基、二苯基膦醯基、二甲氧基膦醯基、二乙氧基膦 醯基、二笨曱醯基膦醯基、雙(2,4,6-三曱基苯基)膦醯基 等。 作為可具有取代基之雜環基,較佳為含有氮原子、氧原 子、硫原子、麟原子之芳.香族或者脂肪族之雜環。例如可 列舉:噻吩基、苯并[b]噻吩基、萘并[2,3-b]噻吩基、噻嗯 基、呋喃基、11比喃基、異苯并呋喃基、苯并哌喃基、咄p星 基、啡4。塞基、2H- °比σ各基、。比σ各基、D米唾基、°比。坐基、 吡啶基、吡畊基、嘧啶基、嗒畊基、吲哚畊基、異吲哚 基、3H-。弓丨哚基、叫|哚基、1H-。引唑基、嘌呤基、4H-喹畊 基、異喧琳基、喧淋基、吹ρ井基、萘咬基、喧吟琳基、喧 。坐琳基、。辛淋基、碟σ定基、坐基、D卡。坐基、β-α卡咐 基、啡°定基、吖咬基、呕。定基、°非琳基、。非畊基、啡珅畊 基、異嘆。圭基、。非嚷啡基、異》号唾基、。夫吖基、啡崎Ρ井 基、異11克基、咬基、°比17各烧基、°比11各琳基、。比σ坐烧基、口米 D垒琳基、°比°坐σ定基、°比。坐琳基、痕σ定基、D底σ井基、。引11 朵琳 基、異吲哚啉基、嗝啶基、嗎啉基、9-氧硫咄4基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基硫基羰基,例如可列舉:曱基 硫基羰基、丙基硫基羰基、丁基硫基羰基、己基硫基羰 基、辛基硫基羰基、癸基硫基羰基、十八烷基硫基羰基、 147900.doc •47- 201126269 三氟曱基硫基羰基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基硫基羰基,可列舉:1 -萘基硫 基羰基、2-萘基硫基羰基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基硫 基羰基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基硫基羰基、4-二甲胺 基苯基硫基羰基、4-二乙胺基苯基硫基羰基、2-氣苯基硫 基羰基、2-曱基苯基硫基羰基、2-曱氧基苯基硫基羰基、 2-丁氧基苯基硫基羰基、3-氣苯基硫基羰基、3-三氟曱基 苯基硫基羰基、3-氰基苯基硫基羰基、3-硝基苯基硫基羰 基、4-氟苯基硫基羰基、4-氰基苯基硫基羰基、4-甲氧基 苯基硫基羰基等。 作為可具有取代基之二烷基胺基羰基,可列舉:二甲胺 基羰基、二乙胺基羰基、二丙胺基羰基、二丁胺基羰基 等。 作為可具有取代基之二烷基胺基硫基羰基,可列舉:二 甲胺基硫基羰基、二丙胺基硫基羰基、二丁胺基硫基羰基 等。 其中,就高感度化方面而言,R更佳為醯基,具體而 言,較佳為乙醯基、丙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯醯基。 作為上述A所表示之二價有機基,可列舉:可具有取代 基之碳數為1〜12之伸烷基、可具有取代基之伸環己基、可 具有取代基之伸炔基。 作為可導入至該等基中之取代基,例如可列舉:氟原 子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵素基,甲氧基、乙氧 基、第三丁氧基等烷氧基,苯氧基、對曱苯基氧基等芳基 147900.doc _ 48 · 201126269 氧基’曱氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基,苯氧基羰 基等芳基氧基羰基’乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、苯曱醯氧基等 酿氧基、乙醯基、苯曱醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基 丙烯醒基、甲氧草醯基等醯基,對甲胺基苯磺醯基、對第 三丁胺基笨磺醯基等對烷胺基苯磺醯基,對苯胺基苯磺醯 基、對曱苯基胺基苯磺醯基等對芳胺基苯磺醯基,甲胺 基、環己胺基等烷基胺基’二曱胺基、二乙胺基、嗎啉 基、Ν·°辰。定基等二烧基胺基,苯基胺基、對甲苯基胺基等 芳基胺基,甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基等烷基,苯 基、對甲苯基、二曱苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基 等芳基等’此外亦可列舉:羥基、羧基、曱醯基、巯基、 %基、甲項酿基、對曱苯績gf基、胺基、硝基、氰基、三 氟甲基、三氣甲基、三曱基矽烷基、膦酸亞基、膦酸基、 二曱基錢根離子、二甲基疏根離子、三苯基苯甲醯曱基鱗 根離子等。 其中,作為A,就提南感度,抑制加熱時隨著時間經過 而引起之著色的方面而言’較佳為未取代之伸烷基、經烷 基(例如甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基)取代之伸烷 基、經稀基(例如乙浠基、烯丙基)取代之伸烧基、經芳基 (例如苯基、對曱苯基、二甲苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽 基、菲基、苯乙烯基)取代之伸烷基。 作為上述Ar所表示之芳基,較佳為碳數為6〜3〇之芳基, 又,亦可具有取代基。 具體可列舉:苯基、聯苯基、丨_萘基、2•萘基、9_蒽 147900.doc •49- 201126269 基、9-菲基、1-¾基、5_稠四苯基、i•薛基、2_奠基、 基、聯三苯基、聯四笨基、鄰、間、及對甲苯基、二甲笨 基、鄰m對異丙苯基、菜基、并^二烯基、聯蔡 ^、聯三萘基、聯四蔡基、并環庚三料、聯伸苯基、二 環戊二烯并苯基、丙二烯合第基1基、乙稀合慧基、丙 烯合萘基、苐基、蒽基、聯蒽基、聯三葱基、聯四蒽基、 慧酿基、菲基、聯伸三苯基、祐基、疾基、稠四苯基、卞 基、茜基、茈基、五苯基、稠五苯、聯伸四苯基、六苯 基、稠六苯基、茹基、蔻基、聯伸三萘基、七苯基、稠七 苯、芘蒽基、莪基等。其中,就提高感度,抑制加熱時隨 著時間經過而引起之著色的方面而言,較佳為取代或未取 代之苯基。 於上述苯基具有取代基之情形時,作為其取代基,例如 可列舉·敗原子、氣原子、漠原子、破原子等齒素基,甲 氧基、乙氧基、第三丁氧基等烷氧基,笨氧基、對甲苯基 氧基4¾基氧基、曱基硫基、乙基硫基、第三丁基硫基等 烷基硫基,苯基硫基、對甲苯基硫基等芳基硫基,曱氧基 羰基、丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基,苯氧基羰基等芳基氧基 羰基’乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、苯曱醯氧基等醯氧基,乙醯 基、苯甲醯基、異丁醯基、丙嫦醯基、曱基丙烯醯基、甲 氧草醯基等酿基’對甲胺基苯續醯基、對第三丁胺基苯續 醯基等對烷胺基苯磺醯基,對苯胺基苯磺醯基、對曱苯基 胺基苯磺醯基等對芳胺基苯磺醯基,曱胺基、環己胺基等 烷基胺基,二曱胺基、二乙胺基、嗎啉基、N-哌啶基等二 147900.doc •50· 201126269 烷基胺基,苯基胺基、對甲苯基胺基等芳基胺基,乙基、 第三丁基、十二烷基等烷基,羥基、羧基、曱醯基、巯 基、磺基、曱磺醯基、對曱苯磺醯基、胺基、硝基、氰 基、三氟曱基、三氯曱基、三曱基矽烷基、膦酸亞基、膦 酸基、三甲基銨根離子、二曱基锍根離子、三苯基苯甲醯 甲基鱗根離子等。 就感度方面而言,通式(II)中,由上述Ar與相鄰之S所形 成之「S Ar」結構較佳為以下所示之結構。 [化 11]The valence organic group 'Ar represents an aryl group. ! ^ is an integer of 〇~5. When a plurality of χ exist, a plurality of X each independently represent a monovalent substituent. The one-valent non-metal atom group represented by the above-mentioned R is preferably a monovalent valent non-metal atom group represented by R. The alkyl group which may have a substituent may have a substituent. An aryl group, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, an alkylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, an arylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, an alkane which may have a substituent A sulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, a mercapto group which may have a substituent, an alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, an aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent A phosphinium group, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, an alkylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent, an arylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent, a dialkylaminocarbonyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substitution A dialkylaminothiocarbonyl group or the like. The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, and a dodecyl group. , octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, ethethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, phenyl fluorenyl , 1-naphthylfluorenyl fluorenyl, 2-naphthylfluorenyl fluorene 147900.doc •43- 201126269 benzyl, 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylhydrazine methyl, 4_(p-anilinobenzene Sulfonic acid) benzyl methyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyl fluorenyl, 4-cyanobenzoyl methyl, 4-methylbenzoinyl 2 - fluorenyl benzoquinone Base, % fluorophenyl fluorenyl, 3-difluoromethylphenyl fluorenyl, 3-nitrobenzhydrylmethyl, and the like. The aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a "naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and a 9- Phenylidene, 1-indenyl, 5-tallow tetraphenyl, i_indenyl, 2_founding, 9-fluorenyl, triphenyl, tetraphenyl, o-, m-, and p-phenyl, two Tolyl, ortho, meta, and p-cumyl, decyl, cyclopentadienyl, binaphthyl, binaphthyl, tetratetraphthyl, cycloheptatrienyl, phenyl, Dicyclopentadienylphenyl, propadienyldiyl, thiol, vinyl fluorenyl, propylene naphthyl, anthracenyl, fluorene s, hydrazino, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine Sulfhydryl, phenanthryl, tert-triphenyl, fluorenyl, chopsticks, condensed tetraphenyl, lower, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, pentaphenyl, fused pentabenzene, tetraphenyl, hexaphenyl, thick Hexylphenyl, ruthenyl, fluorenyl, exemplified trinaphthyl, heptaphenyl, hexaphenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, etc. As the alkenyl group which may have a substituent, the carbon number is preferably 2 to 1 Å. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a styryl group, and the like. The alkynyl group of the substituent is preferably an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 1 fluorene, and examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, a propargyl group, etc. As the sulfinyl sulfinyl group which may have a substituent, The alkyl sulfinyl group having a carbon number of i to 2 Å is exemplified by a mercaptosulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, a propyl sulfhydryl group, an isopropyl subgroup fluorenyl group, Butyl sulfonyl, hexylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulfinyl, octylsulfinyl, 2_ethyl 147900.doc •44· 201126269 Hexyl sulfinyl, sulfhydryl a group, a dodecyl sulfinyl group, an octadecyl sulfinyl group, a cyanomethyl sulfinyl group, a methoxy fluorenyl sulphate, etc. as a aryl group having a substituent The sulfinyl group is preferably an arylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenylsulfinyl group, a 1-naphthylsulfinyl group, and a 2-naphthylsulfinyl group. Indenyl, 2-chlorophenylsulfinyl, 2-methylphenylsulfinyl, 2-methoxyphenylsulfinyl, 2-butoxyphenylsulfinyl, 3- Chlorophenylsulfinyl, 3-trifluorodecylphenylsulfinyl, 3-cyanobenzene亚 醯, 3 -> 6 Schottylphenyl sulfhydryl, 4-fluorophenyl sulfite, 4-cyano sulfinyl, 4-methoxyphenyl sulfinylene 4-(p-Methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfinyl, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfinyl, 4-dimethylaminophenylsulfinyl The alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and examples thereof include a mercaptosulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, and a propylsulfonyl group. Base, isopropylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, hexylsulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl, decylsulfonyl &amp; The twelve carbon-based base, the eighteen carbon-based base, the cyano-based fluorenyl fluorenyl group, the decyloxymethyl sulfhydryl group, the perfluoroalkyl sulphate, and the like. The arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an arylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenylsulfonyl group, a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, and a 2-naphthalene group. Sulfosyl, 2-oxophenylsulfonyl, 2-methylphenylsulfonyl, 2-methoxyphenylsulfonyl, 2-butoxyphenylsulfonyl, 3-gasbenzene Sulfosyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl, 3-cyanophenylsulfonyl, 3-nitrophenylsulfonyl, 4-fluorophenylsulfonyl, 4-cyano Phenylsulfonyl, 4-曱147900.doc -45- 201126269 Oxyphenyl phenyl, 4·(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfonyl, 4-(p-anilinobenzenesulfonate) Phenylsulfonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenylsulfonyl and the like. The fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and examples thereof include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a butyl group, a trifluoromethylcarbonyl group, a amyl group, and a benzamidine group. , 1_naphthylmethyl, 2_naphthyl, 4_(p-methylamino sulfonyl) benzhydryl, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl) benzhydryl, 4·- Aminophenyl fluorenyl, 4-diethylaminobenzimidyl, 2-chlorobenzoinyl, 2-methylbenzhydryl, 2-methoxybenzylidene, 2-butoxybenzene Mercapto, 3-chlorophenyl fluorenyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzhydryl, 3-cyanobenzylidene, 3-nitrobenzhydryl, 4-fluorobenzhydryl, 4 - Cyanobenzoyl, 4-decyl benzhydryl, and the like. The alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, and a butoxycarbonyl group. And a hexyloxycarbonyl group, an octyloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, a trifluoromethyloxycarbonyl group or the like. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, and a 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenyl group. Oxycarbonyl, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenyloxycarbonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl, 2-phenylphenyl Oxycarbonyl, 2-methylphenyloxycarbonyl, 2-methoxyphenyloxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyphenyloxycarbonyl, 3-phenylphenyloxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethyl Phenyloxycarbonyl, 3-cyanophenyloxycarbonyl, 3_147900.doc •46· 201126269 Nitrophenyloxycarbonyl, 4-fluorophenyloxycarbonyl, 4-cyanophenyloxy A carbonyl group, a 4-decyloxyphenyloxycarbonyl group or the like. The phosphinyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a phosphinium group having a total carbon number of 2 to 50, and examples thereof include a dimethylphosphonium group, a diethylphosphonium group, and a dipropylphosphonium group. Diphenylphosphonium fluorenyl, dimethoxyphosphonium fluorenyl, diethoxyphosphonium decyl, dim-decylphosphonium decyl, bis(2,4,6-tridecylphenyl)phosphonium fluorenyl, etc. . The heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is preferably a heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a argon atom of a lining atom or an aliphatic group. For example, a thienyl group, a benzo[b]thienyl group, a naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl group, a thienyl group, a furyl group, an 11-pyranyl group, an isobenzofuranyl group, a benzopiperidyl group , 咄p star base, brown 4. Secchi, 2H- ° ratio σ base,. Than σ base, D m saliva, ° ratio. Sitrate, pyridyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, hydrazine, argon, isodecyl, 3H-. Bow 丨哚 base, called | 哚 base, 1H-. Borazolyl, fluorenyl, 4H-quinoline, isoindolinyl, sulfhydryl, blown ruthenium, naphthalene thiol, fluorene, hydrazine. Sitting on the Linji,. Xin Linji, dish σ base, sitting base, D card. Sit-base, β-α-carbopeptide, morphine, base, vomit. Fixed base, ° non-琳基,. Non-cultivated base, brown peas, base sigh. Guiki,. Non-morphine-based, different------- Fujiji, morphine, well, base, 11 gram base, bite base, ° ratio of 17 bases, ° ratio of 11 Linke. Sitting on the base of σ, mouth m D base Lin, ° ratio ° sitting σ fixed base, ° ratio. Sitting on the Linji, the mark σ base, the D bottom σ well base. 11 is a poly(indenyl) group, an isoindolyl group, an acridinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a 9-oxothioindole 4 group, and the like. Examples of the alkylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent include a mercaptothiocarbonyl group, a propylthiocarbonyl group, a butylthiocarbonyl group, a hexylthiocarbonyl group, an octylthiocarbonyl group, and a mercaptothiocarbonyl group. , octadecylthiocarbonyl, 147900.doc • 47- 201126269 trifluoromethylthiocarbonyl, and the like. Examples of the arylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent include a 1-naphthylthiocarbonyl group, a 2-naphthylthiocarbonyl group, a 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylthiocarbonyl group, and 4 -(p-anilinophensulfonyl)phenylthiocarbonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 2-phenylphenylthiocarbonyl, 2 -nonylphenylthiocarbonyl, 2-decyloxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 2-butoxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-phenylphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-trifluorodecylphenylthio Carbonyl, 3-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl, 3-nitrophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-fluorophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-methoxyphenylthio Carbonyl group and the like. The dialkylaminocarbonyl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be a dimethylaminocarbonyl group, a diethylaminocarbonyl group, a dipropylaminocarbonyl group or a dibutylaminocarbonyl group. The dialkylaminothiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be a dimethylaminothiocarbonyl group, a dipropylaminothiocarbonyl group or a dibutylaminothiocarbonyl group. Among them, R is more preferably a mercapto group in terms of high sensitivity, and specifically, an ethylidene group, a propenyl group, a benzamidine group or a tolylylene group is preferable. The divalent organic group represented by the above A may, for example, be an alkylene group having a substituent of 1 to 12, a cyclohexylene group which may have a substituent, and an alkynyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which can be introduced into the group include a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a third butoxy group, and a benzene group. An aryl group such as an oxy group or a fluorenyl phenyloxy group 147900.doc _ 48 · 201126269 an alkoxycarbonyl group such as an oxy 'oxime oxycarbonyl group or a butoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group a thiol group such as an oxy group, a propenyloxy group or a benzoquinone group; an oxime group such as a methoxy group, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzoinyl group, an isobutyl fluorenyl group, an acryl fluorenyl group, a methyl propylene group, or a methoxy oxa group; Aminoamine benzene sulfonyl group, p-tertylamino phenylsulfonyl group, p-anilinobenzenesulfonyl group, p-phenylphenylaminophenylsulfonyl group, etc. An alkylamino group such as a phenylsulfonyl group, a methylamino group or a cyclohexylamino group, a diammonium group, a diethylamino group, a morpholinyl group, and a oxime. a dialkylamino group such as a benzyl group, an arylamine group such as a phenylamino group or a p-tolylamino group; an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a t-butyl group or a dodecyl group; a phenyl group or a p-tolyl group; Examples of the aryl group such as a diphenyl group, a cumyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, and a phenanthryl group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hydroxy group, a methyl group, and a phthalic acid. Gf group, amine group, nitro group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, trimethyl group, tridecyl decyl group, phosphonic acid subunit, phosphonic acid group, dimercapto Qiangen ion, dimethyl sulphonate ion , triphenyl benzhydryl sulphate ion and the like. Among them, as A, in terms of the sensitivity of the south, and suppressing the coloring caused by the passage of time during heating, it is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group, an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a third group). a group, a dodecyl group substituted alkyl group, a dilute group (e.g., an ethyl fluorenyl group, an allyl group) substituted by an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, p-phenylene, xylyl, iso) a propylphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkyl group. The aryl group represented by the above Ar is preferably an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å, and may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include: phenyl, biphenyl, 丨-naphthyl, 2·naphthyl, 9_蒽147900.doc •49- 201126269, 9-phenanthryl, 1-3⁄4, 5-_tetraphenyl, i• Xueji, 2_founding, basal, triphenyl, hydrazine, ortho, meta, and p-tolyl, dimethylphenyl, o-p-isopropylidene, decyl, and diene Base, liancai^, bis-naphthyl, bis-tetracayl, gemenganone, phenyl, dicyclopentadienyl phenyl, propadienyl 1 yl, ethyl fluorenyl , propylene naphthyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, hydrazino, hydrazine, hydrazino, bromo, phenanthryl, co-triphenyl, fenyl, thiol, fused tetraphenyl, fluorenyl , fluorenyl, fluorenyl, pentaphenyl, pentacene, tetraphenyl, hexaphenyl, hexaphenyl, ruthenyl, fluorenyl, exemplified trinaphthyl, heptaphenyl, hexaphenyl, hydrazine蒽基, 莪基, etc. Among them, a phenyl group which is substituted or unsubstituted is preferred in terms of improving the sensitivity and suppressing the coloring caused by the passage of time during heating. In the case where the phenyl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a dentate group such as a deficient atom, a gas atom, a desert atom or a broken atom, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a third butoxy group or the like. Alkoxy, alkyloxy, p-tolyloxy-4-brothyloxy, decylthio, ethylthio, tert-butylthio, alkylthio, phenylthio, p-tolylthio An alkoxycarbonyl group such as an arylthio group, a decyloxycarbonyl group or a butoxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; an ethoxy group such as an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyloxy group or a phenoxy group; Base, ethyl fluorenyl, benzhydryl, isobutyl fluorenyl, propyl fluorenyl, decyl acryl fluorenyl, methoxycyanyl and the like, styrene-p-methylaminobenzene hydrazino, p-tert-butylaminobenzene Further, the arylamino phenylsulfonyl group, the p-anilinobenzenesulfonyl group, the p-nonylphenyl phenylsulfonyl group, the arylamino benzenesulfonyl group, the decylamino group, the cyclohexylamine group, etc. Alkylamino group, diammonium group, diethylamino group, morpholinyl group, N-piperidinyl group, etc. 147900.doc •50· 201126269 Alkylamino group, phenylamino group, p-tolylamino group, etc. Amino group, Alkyl groups such as butyl, butyl, dodecyl, etc., hydroxy, carboxy, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, sulfo, sulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, amine, nitro, cyano, tri Fluorinyl, trichloroindenyl, tridecyldecylalkyl, phosphonic acid subunit, phosphonic acid group, trimethylammonium ion, dimercaptopurine ion, triphenyl benzamidine methyl sulphonate, etc. . In terms of sensitivity, in the general formula (II), the "S Ar" structure formed by the above Ar and the adjacent S is preferably the structure shown below. [化11]

147900.doc •51 · 201126269147900.doc •51 · 201126269

作為上述x所表示之一價取代基,可列舉:可具有取代 基之烧基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之烯基、 可具有取代基之炔基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、可具有取 代基之芳基氧基、可具有取代基之烧基硫基、可具有取代 基之芳基硫基、可具有取代基之鹵化烷基、N上可具有取 代基之醯胺基、可具有取代基之醯氧基、可具有取代基之 對院胺基苯磺醯基、可具有取代基之對芳胺基苯磺醯基、 可具有取代基之烧基亞項醯基、可具有取代基之芳基亞續 醯基、可具有取代基之院基績si基、可具有取代基之芳基 確醯基'可具有取代基之醯基、可具有取代基之烷氧基或 芳基氧基羰基、可具有取代基之胺曱醯基、可具有取代基 之胺續酿基、可具有取代基之胺基、可具有取代基之膦醯 基、可具有取代基之雜環基、自素基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基’較佳為碳數為1〜30之烷基, 例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、辛基、癸 基、十二烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、 第三丁基、1-乙基戊基、環戊基、環己基、三氟曱基、2_ •52· ^790〇.d〇c 201126269 乙基己基、苯甲醯甲基、“萘甲醯基甲基' 2_萘甲醯基甲 基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯曱醯甲基、4(對苯胺基苯磺 酿基)苯甲醯甲基、4-二T胺基苯甲酿甲基、4_氛基苯甲酿 甲基、4-甲基苯甲醯甲&amp;、2_甲基苯曱醯甲纟、3_氟苯甲 醯曱基、3-二氟甲基苯甲醯曱基、3_硝基笨曱醯曱基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基, 例如可列舉:笨基、聯笨基、 9-菲基、1-芘基、5-稍四笨基 耳外—本基、聯四苯基、鄰、間 鄰、間、及對異丙苯基、菜基 聯二萘基、聯四萘基、并環庚 二烯并笨基、丙二烯合第基、 萘基、I基、蒽基、聯蒽基、 基、菲基、聯伸三苯基、芘基 茜基、3[基、五苯基、稠五苯 笨基、茹基、蔻基、聯伸三 蒽基、莪基等。 較佳為碳數為6〜30之芳基, 1-萘基、2-萘基、9-蒽基、 ' 1-茚基、2_奠基、9 -荞基、 、及對甲苯基、二曱苯基、 、并環戊二烯基、聯萘基、 二稀基、聯伸苯基、二環戊 苊基、乙烯合蒽基、丙烯合 聯二蒽基、聯四蒽基、葱酉昆 、筷基、稠四笨基、卞基、 、聯伸四苯基 '六苯基、狗 萘基、七苯基、稠七苯 '芘 作為可具有取代基之烯基,㈣為㈣為2〜10之稀基, 歹如可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、苯乙烯基等。 :為可具有取代基之炔基’較佳為碳數為2〜之炔基, 可列舉·乙炔基、丙炔基、炔丙基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷氧基,較佳為碳數為Η 甲氧基、乙氧基、丙基氧基、異丙基氧 乳基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊基 147900.d〇c -53- 201126269 氧基、異戊基氧基、己基氧基、庚基氧基、辛基氧基、2-乙基己基氧基、癸基氧基、十二烷基氧基、十八烷基氧 基、乙氧基羰基甲基氧基、2-乙基己基氧基羰基曱基氧 基、胺基羰基曱基氧基、N,N-二丁胺基羰基甲基氧基、N-曱基胺基羰基曱基氧基、N-乙基胺基羰基甲基氧基、N-辛 基胺基羰基甲基氧基、N-曱基-N-苄基胺基羰基曱基氧 基、苄基氧基、氰基曱基氧基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基氧基,較佳為碳數為6〜3 0之芳 基氧基,例如可列舉:苯基氧基、1-萘基氧基、2-萘基氧 基、2-氣苯基氧基、2-曱基苯基氧基、2-甲氧基苯基氧 基、2-丁氧基苯基氧基、3-氣苯基氧基、3-三氟曱基苯基 氧基、3-氰基苯基氧基、3-硝基苯基氧基、4-氟苯基氧 基、4-氰基苯基氧基、4-曱氧基苯基氧基、4-二曱胺基苯 基氧基、4-(對曱胺基苯磺醯基)苯基氧基、4-(對苯胺基苯 磺醯基)苯基氧基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基硫基,較佳為碳數為1〜30之烷 基硫基,例如可列舉:曱基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、 異丙基硫基、丁基硫基、異丁基硫基、第二丁基硫基、第 三丁基硫基、戊基硫基、異戊基硫基、己基硫基、庚基硫 基、辛基硫基、2-乙基己基硫基、癸基硫基、十二烷基硫 基、十八烷基硫基、苄基硫基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基硫基,較佳為碳數為6~30之芳 基硫基,例如可列舉:苯基硫基、1-萘基硫基、2-萘基硫 基、2-氣苯基硫基、2-甲基苯基硫基、2-甲氧基苯基硫 147900.doc -54- 201126269 基、2-丁氧基苯基硫基、3-氣苯基硫基、3-三氟曱基苯基 硫基、3-氰基苯基硫基、3-硝基苯基硫基、4-氟苯基硫 基、4-氰基苯基硫基、4-甲氧基苯基硫基、4-二甲胺基苯 基硫基、4-(對曱胺基苯磺醯基)苯基硫基、4-(對苯胺基苯 石黃醯基)苯基硫基等。 作為可具有取代基之醯氧基,較佳為碳數為2〜20之醯氧 基,例如可列舉:乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、丁醯氧基、戊醯 氧基、三氟曱基羰基氧基、苯曱醯氧基、1-萘基羰基氧 基、2-萘基羰基氧基等。 作為可具有取代基之對烷胺基苯磺醯基,較佳為碳數為 1〜20之對烷胺基苯磺醯基,例如可列舉:對曱胺基苯磺醯 基、對乙胺基苯磺醯基、對丙胺基苯磺醯基、對異丙胺基 苯磺醯基、對丁胺基苯磺醯基、對己胺基苯磺醯基、對環 己胺基苯磺醯基、對辛胺基苯磺醯基、對2-乙基己胺基苯 磺醯基、對癸醯胺基苯磺醯基、對十二碳醯胺基苯磺醯 基、對十八碳醯胺基苯磺醯基、對氰基曱胺基苯磺醯基、 對曱氧基曱胺基苯磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之對芳胺基苯磺醯基,較佳為碳數為 6〜30之對芳胺基笨磺醯基,例如可列舉:對苯胺基苯磺醯 基、對1-萘基胺基苯磺醯基、對2-萘基胺基苯磺醯基、對 2-氯苯胺基苯磺醯基、對2-甲基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對2-曱 氧基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對2-丁氧基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對3-氯苯胺基苯磺醯基、對3-三氟甲基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對3-氰基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對3-硝基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對4-氟 147900.doc -55- 201126269 苯胺基苯磺醯基、對4-氰基苯胺基苯磺醯基、對4-甲氧基 苯胺基苯磺醯基、對[4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺基]苯 磺醯基、對[4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺基]苯磺醯基、 對(4-二甲胺基苯基胺基)苯磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1〜20 之烷基亞磺醯基,例如可列舉:曱基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺 醯基、丙基亞磺醯基、異丙基亞磺醯基、丁基亞磺醯基、 己基亞磺醯基、環己基亞磺醯基、辛基亞磺醯基、2-乙基 己基亞磺醯基、癸醯基亞磺醯基、十二碳醯基亞磺醯基、 十八碳醯基亞磺醯基、氰基甲基亞磺醯基、甲氧基甲基亞 續酿基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為6〜30 之芳基亞磺醯基,例如可列舉:苯基亞磺醯基、1 -萘基亞 磺醯基、2-萘基亞磺醯基、2-氣苯基亞磺醯基、2-甲基苯 基亞磺醯基、2-曱氧基苯基亞磺醯基、2-丁氧基苯基亞磺 醯基、3-氣苯基亞磺醯基、3-三氟甲基苯基亞磺醯基、3-氰基苯基亞磺醯基、3-硝基苯基亞磺醯基、4-氟苯基亞磺 醯基、4-氰基苯基亞磺醯基、4-甲氧基苯基亞磺醯基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基亞磺醯基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯 基)苯基亞磺醯基、4-二甲胺基苯基亞磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1〜20之 烷基磺醯基,例如可列舉:曱基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙 基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、己基磺醯基、環 己基項醯基、辛基石黃醯基、2-乙基己基石黃醯基、癸醯基續 147900.doc -56· 201126269 醯基、十二碳醯基磺醯基、十八碳醯基磺醯基、氰基曱基 磺醯基、曱氧基甲基磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之芳基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為6〜3 0之 芳基磺醯基,例如可列舉:苯基磺醯基、1 -萘基磺醯基、 2-萘基磺醯基、2-氯苯基磺醯基、2-甲基苯基磺醯基、2-曱氧基苯基磺醯基、2- 丁氧基苯基磺醯基、3-氣苯基磺醯 基、3-三氟甲基苯基磺醯基、3-氰基苯基磺醯基、3-硝基 苯基續酿基、4 -亂苯基橫酿基、4 -鼠基苯基續酿基、4 -曱 氧基苯基磺醯基、4-(對曱胺基苯磺醯基)苯基磺醯基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基磺醯基、4-二曱胺基苯基磺醯基 等。 作為可具有取代基之醯基,較佳為碳數為2〜20之醯基, 例如可列舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、三氟甲基羰基、 戊醯基、苯曱醯基、1-萘曱醯基、2-萘曱醯基、4-(對曱胺 基苯磺醯基)苯曱醯基、4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯曱醯基、 4-二甲胺基苯甲醯基、4-二乙胺基苯甲醯基、2-氣苯甲醯 基、2-甲基苯甲醯基、2-甲氧基苯曱醯基、2-丁氧基苯甲 醯基、3-氣苯曱醯基、3-三氟甲基苯曱醯基、3-氰基苯曱 醯基、3-硝基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯曱醯基、4-氰基苯甲醯 基、4-曱氧基苯曱醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之烷氧基或芳基氧基羰基,較佳為碳 數為2〜20之烷氧基或芳基氧基羰基,例如可列舉:曱氧基 羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、己基氧基 羰基、辛基氧基羰基、癸基氧基羰基、十八烷基氧基羰 147900.doc -57- 201126269 基、苯氧基羰基、三氟甲基氧基羰基、1·萘基氧基羰基、 2-萘基氧基羰基、4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯基)苯基氧基羰基、 4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基氧基羰基、4_二甲胺基苯基氧 基幾基、4-二乙胺基苯基氧基羰基、2_氣苯基氧基羰基、 2-曱基苯基氧基羰基、2-甲氧基苯基氧基羰基、2_丁氧基 苯基氧基羰基、3-氣苯基氧基羰基、3-三氟甲基苯基氧基 幾基、3-氰基苯基氧基羰基、3_硝基苯基氧基羰基、4_氟 苯基氧基羰基、4-氰基苯基氧基羰基、4-甲氧基苯基氧基 羰基等。 作為可具有取代基之胺甲醯基,較佳為總碳數為丨〜川之 胺甲酿基,例如可列舉:Ν_甲基胺甲醯基、Ν_乙基胺甲醯 基、正丙基胺甲醯基'Ν-丁基胺曱醯基、Ν-己基胺曱醯 基、Ν-環己基胺甲醯基、N—辛基胺甲醯基、Ν_癸基胺甲醯 基、十八烷基胺曱醯基、Ν-苯基胺甲醯基、Ν_2-甲基苯 基胺甲醞基、Ν-2-氣苯基胺曱醯基、Ν-2-異丙氧基苯基胺 甲醯基、Ν_2_(2-乙基己基)苯基胺甲醯基、Ν-3-氣苯基胺 甲酿基、Ν-3-硝基苯基胺甲醯基、ν-3 -氰基苯基胺甲酿 基Ν-4-甲氧基苯基胺曱醯基、Ν-4-氰基苯基胺甲醯基、 Ν4 (詞曱胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺甲醯基、Ν_4_(對苯胺基苯 兴醯基)笨基胺甲醯基、Ν_曱基_Ν_苯基胺曱醯基、Ν,Ν_二 甲基胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν-二丁基胺甲醯基、Ν,Ν_二苯基胺曱醯 基等。 為可具有取代基之胺續醯基,較佳為總碳數為〇〜3 〇之 胺%醯基’例如可列舉:胺磺醯基、Ν-烷基胺磺醯基、Ν_ 147900.doc -58- 201126269 芳基胺石黃醢基、N,N-二烧基胺續酿基、n,N-二芳基胺項酿 基、N-烧基-N-芳基胺項醯基等。更具體可列舉:N-甲基 胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、正丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺 磺醯基、N-己基胺續醯基、N-環己基胺磺醯基、N-辛基胺 績醯基、N-2-乙基己基胺續醯基、N-癸基胺項醯基、N-十 八燒基胺確酿基、N-苯基胺碌醯基、N-2 -曱基苯基胺確酿 基、N-2-氯苯基胺磺醯基、N-2-曱氧基苯基胺磺醯基、N_ 2-異丙氧基苯基胺讀醯基、N-3-氯苯基胺續醯基、N-3-硝 基笨基胺確酿基、N-3-氰基苯基胺磺酿基、N-4-曱氧基笨 基胺磺醯基、N-4-氰基苯基胺磺醯基、N-4-二曱胺基苯基 胺磺醯基、N-4-(對曱胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺磺醯基、N_4_ (對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺磺醯基、N-曱基-N-苯基胺磺醯 基、N,N-二曱基胺續醯基、N,N-二丁基胺績醯基、N,N-二 苯基胺磺醯基等。 作為可具有取代基之胺基,較佳為總碳數為〇〜50之胺 基’例如可列舉:-NH2、N-烷基胺基、N-芳基胺基、N-醯 基胺基、N-磺醯基胺基、N,N-二烷基胺基、N,N-二芳基胺 基、N-烷基-N-芳基胺基、Ν,Ν-二磺醯基胺基等。更具體 可列舉:Ν-曱基胺基、Ν-乙基胺基、正丙基胺基、Ν-異丙 基胺基、Ν-丁基胺基、Ν-第三丁基胺基、Ν-己基胺基、Ν-環己基胺基、Ν-辛基胺基、Ν-2-乙基己基胺基、Ν-癸基胺 基、Ν-十八烷基胺基、Ν_节基胺基、Ν_苯基胺基、Ν_2_τ 基苯基胺基、Ν-2-氯苯基胺基、Ν-2-曱氧基苯基胺基、Ν_ 2-異丙氧基苯基胺基、ν-2-(2-乙基己基)苯基胺基、Ν-3- 147900.doc •59- 201126269 氯苯基胺基、N-3-硝基苯基胺基、N-3-氰基苯基胺基、N-3-三氟曱基苯基胺基、N-4-甲氧基苯基胺基、N-4-氰基苯 基胺基、N-4-三氟甲基苯基胺基、N-4-(對甲胺基苯磺醯 基)苯基胺基、N-4-(對苯胺基苯磺醯基)苯基胺基、N-4-二 甲胺基苯基胺基、N-曱基-N-苯基胺基、N,N-二曱胺基、 N,N-二乙胺基、N,N-二丁胺基、Ν,Ν-二苯基胺基、N,N-二 乙醯基胺基、N,N-二苯曱醯基胺基、Ν,Ν-二丁羰基胺基、 Ν,Ν-二甲磺醯基胺基、Ν,Ν_二乙磺醯基胺基、Ν,Ν_二丁磺 醯基胺基、Ν,Ν-二苯磺醯基胺基、嗎啉基、3,5·二曱基嗎 啉基、咔唑基等。 作為可具有取代基之膦醯基,較佳為總碳數為2〜50之膦 醯基’例如可列舉:二甲基膦醯基、二乙基膦醯基、二丙 基膦醢基、二苯基膦醯基、二甲氧基膦醯基、二乙氧基膦 酿基、二苯甲醯基膦醯基、雙(2,4,6_三甲基苯基)膦醯基 等。 作為可具有取代基之雜環基,較佳為含有氮原子、氧原 子、硫原子、磷原子之芳香族或者脂肪族之雜環。例如 有:噻吩基、苯并[b]噻吩基、萘并[2,3-b]噻吩基、噻嗯 基、呋喃基、吼喃基、異苯并呋喃基、笨并哌喃基、吔嚯 基、啡呤噻基、2H-吡咯基、吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、 &quot;比啶基、吡畊基、嘧啶基、嗒畊基、吲哚畊基、異吲哚 基、3H·吲哚基、吲哚基、1H_吲唑基、嘌呤基、4H•喹畊 基、異喹啉基、喹啉基、呔畊基、萘啶基、喹呤啉基、喹 唑啉基、4啉基、喋啶基、4aH_咔唑基、咔唑基卜咔啉 147900.doc -60- 201126269 基、啡啶基、吖啶基、咂啶基、啡啉基、啡,井基、啡坤。井 基、異°塞唑基、啡。塞畊基、異吟唑基、呋吖基、啡„号呼 基、異咬基、咬基、吡咯烷基、吡咯啉基、吡唑烷基、0米 0坐琳基、η比唾咬基、吼。坐琳基、派咬基、η辰畊基、%丨σ朵琳 基、異吲哚淋基、嗫咬基、嗎琳基、9-氧硫IT山ρ星基等。 作為鹵素基’有氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、峨原子等。 作為可具有取代基之_化烧基,可列舉:單氣甲基、二 氟甲基、三氟甲基、二氯曱基、三氣曱基、單溴甲基、二 溴曱基、三溴甲基等。 作為N上可具有取代基之醯胺基,可列舉:n,N-二甲基 醯胺基、N,N-二乙基醯胺基等。 進而’上述可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳 基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、可具有 取代基之烷氧基、可具有取代基之芳基氧基、可具有取代 基之烷基硫基、可具有取代基之芳基硫基、可具有取代基 之醯氧基、可具有取代基之對烷胺基苯磺醯基、可具有取 代基之對芳胺基苯磺醯基、可具有取代基之烷基亞磺醯 基、可具有取代基之芳基亞磺醯基、可具有取代基之烷基 磺醯基、可具有取代基之芳基磺醯基、可具有取代基之醯 基、可具有取代基之烷氧基或芳基氧基羰基、可具有取代 基之胺曱醯基、可具有取代基之胺磺醯基、可具有取代基 之胺基、可具有取代基之雜環基亦可進而取代有其他取代 基。 作為如此之取代基’例如可列舉:氟原子、氣原子、溴 147900.doc -61 · 201126269 原子、峨原子等鹵素基,甲氧基、乙氧基、第三丁氧基等 烧氧基’苯氧基、對曱苯基氧基等芳基氧基,甲氧基叛 基、丁氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基’苯氧基羰基等芳基氧基羰 基’乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、苯曱酿氧基等醯氧基,乙醯 基、苯曱醯基、異丁醯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙稀醯基、甲 氧草醯基等醯基,對甲胺基苯罐醯基、對第三丁胺基苯石黃 醯基等對烷胺基苯磺醯基,對苯胺基苯磺醯基、對甲苯基 胺基苯項醢基等對芳胺基苯續酿基,甲胺基、環己胺基等 烧基胺基,二甲胺基、二乙胺基、嗎琳基、N-娘咬基等二 烷基胺基,苯基胺基、對曱苯基胺基等芳基胺基,曱基、 乙基、第三丁基、十二烧基等烧基,苯基、對甲苯基、二 甲苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基等芳基等,此外亦 可列舉:羥基、羧基、甲醯基、疏基、磺基、甲磺醯基、 對甲苯續醯基、胺基、确基、氰基、三I曱基、三氯甲 基、三曱基石夕烧基、膦酸亞基、膦酸基、三曱基錢根離 子、二甲基疏根離子、三苯基苯甲醯甲基鎸根離子等。 該等中,作為X,就提高溶劑溶解性與長波長區域之吸 收效率方面而言,較佳為可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取 代基之芳基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔 基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、可具有取代基之芳基氧基、 可具有取代基之烷基硫基、可具有取代基之芳基硫基、可 具有取代基之li化烷基、可具有取代基之胺基、或N上可 具有取代基之醯胺基。 又’通式(II)中之η表示0〜5之整數,就易於合成之觀點 147900.doc •62- 201126269 而0較佳為0〜3之整數,更佳為〇〜2之整數。 通式(II)中’ X存在複數個時,複數個X可相同亦可不 同。 以下’揭不上述通式(11)所表示之光聚合起始劑之具體 例。 [化 12]The monovalent substituent represented by the above-mentioned x may, for example, be an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent Alkoxy group, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, alkylthio group which may have a substituent, arylthio group which may have a substituent, halogenated alkyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent on N a mercaptoamine group, an anthracene group which may have a substituent, a phenyl sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, a arylaminophenylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, and an alkyl group which may have a substituent An aryl group which may have a substituent, an indenyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent An alkoxy or aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine group which may have a substituent, an amine carboxylic group which may have a substituent, an amine group which may have a substituent, a phosphinium group which may have a substituent, may have a heterocyclic group of a substituent, a self-priming group, or the like. The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, and a dodecyl group. , octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2_•52·^790〇 .d〇c 201126269 Ethylhexyl, benzamidine methyl, "naphthylmethylmethyl" 2 -naphthylmethylmethyl, 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylhydrazine methyl, 4 (p-anilinobenzenesulfonic acid) benzamidine methyl, 4-di-t-aminobenzazole methyl, 4_enyl benzoylmethyl, 4-methylbenzamide &amp;, 2 _Methylbenzoquinone, 3-fluorobenzhydryl, 3-difluoromethylbenzylidene, 3-nitroindolyl, etc. As an aryl group which may have a substituent, For example, it may be exemplified by: stupid base, phenyl group, 9-phenanthryl group, 1-mercapto group, 5-slightly stupid base-bensyl, biphenylene, o-, m-, m-, and p-cumene. Base, vegetable dinaphthyl, tetratetraphthyl, cycloheptadienyl and styryl, propadienyl, naphthyl, I, hydrazine A group, a hydrazino group, a benzyl group, a phenanthrenyl group, a triphenylphenyl group, a fluorenyl fluorenyl group, a 3 yl group, a pentaphenyl group, a fused pentacene group, a ruthenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a ternary group, a fluorenyl group, and the like. Preferred is an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a 1-nonyl group, a 2-based group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and a p-tolyl group. Phenyl phenyl, p-cyclopentadienyl, binaphthyl, dilute, phenyl, dicyclopentanyl, vinyl fluorenyl, propylene hydrazino, hydrazino, onion Kun, chopstick base, fused tetraphenyl, fluorenyl, phenyltetraphenyl 'hexaphenyl, dog naphthyl, heptaphenyl, hexaphenyl hydrazine as an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, (iv) is (iv) Examples of the dilute group of 2 to 10, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a styryl group, etc.: an alkynyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkynyl group having a carbon number of 2 to exemplified by acetylene. Or alkynyl group, propargyl group, etc. As the alkoxy group which may have a substituent, the carbon number is preferably methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxylactyl, isobutyl Oxyl, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyl 147900.d〇 C-53- 201126269 oxy, isopentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, octadecyl Alkyloxy, ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyldecyloxy, aminocarbonylcarbonyloxy, N,N-dibutylaminocarbonylmethyloxy, N - mercaptoaminocarbonylcarbonyloxy, N-ethylaminocarbonylmethyloxy, N-octylaminocarbonylmethyloxy, N-fluorenyl-N-benzylaminocarbonylcarbonyloxy The aryloxy group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryloxy group having a carbon number of from 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenyloxy group. , 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, 2-phenylphenyloxy, 2-nonylphenyloxy, 2-methoxyphenyloxy, 2-butoxyphenyloxy , 3- gas phenyloxy, 3-trifluorodecyl phenyloxy, 3-cyanophenyloxy, 3-nitrophenyloxy, 4-fluorophenyloxy, 4-cyano Phenyloxy, 4-decyloxyphenyloxy, 4-didecylaminophenyloxy, 4-(p-nonylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenyloxy, 4-(p-phenylene) Benzenesulfonamide acyl) phenyl group and the like. The alkylthio group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkylthio group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and examples thereof include a mercaptothio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, and an isopropylthio group. Butylthio, isobutylthio, t-butylthio, tert-butylthio, pentylthio, isopentylthio, hexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio , 2-ethylhexylthio, decylthio, dodecylthio, octadecylthio, benzylthio and the like. The arylthio group which may have a substituent is preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, and 2 -Phenylthio, 2-methylphenylthio, 2-methoxyphenylsulfide 147900.doc -54- 201126269, 2-butoxyphenylthio, 3-phenylphenylthio , 3-trifluorodecylphenylthio, 3-cyanophenylthio, 3-nitrophenylthio, 4-fluorophenylthio, 4-cyanophenylthio, 4-methyl Oxyphenylthio group, 4-dimethylaminophenylthio group, 4-(p-amidinophenylsulfonyl)phenylthio group, 4-(p-anilinophthalonitrile, fluorenyl)phenylthio group, etc. . The oxime group which may have a substituent is preferably an oxime group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and examples thereof include an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propenyloxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, and a trifluoro group. Mercaptocarbonyloxy, benzomethoxy, 1-naphthylcarbonyloxy, 2-naphthylcarbonyloxy and the like. The p-alkylaminobenzenesulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a p-alkylaminobenzenesulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and examples thereof include p-aminophenylsulfonyl group and p-ethylamine. Benzosulfonyl, p-propylaminosulfonyl, p-isopropylaminophenylsulfonyl, p-butylaminobenzenesulfonyl, p-hexylaminobenzenesulfonyl, p-cyclohexylaminobenzenesulfonyl , p-octylaminobenzenesulfonyl, p-ethyl-2-aminohexylbenzenesulfonyl, p-nonylphenylsulfonyl, p-dodecylsulfonyl, p-octadecyl Amino phenylsulfonyl, p-cyanoguanidinobenzenesulfonyl, p-nonyl oxime phenylsulfonyl and the like. The arylaminophenylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a para-arylaminosulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include p-anilinobenzenesulfonyl and p-naphthalene. Amino phenylsulfonyl, p-naphthylaminophenylsulfonyl, p-chloroanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-methylanilinophenylsulfonyl, p-nonyloxyaniline Benzosulfonyl, p-butoxyanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-trichloroanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-trifluoromethylanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-cyanoaniline Benzosulfonyl, p-trinitroanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-fluoro-4-900749.doc -55- 201126269 anilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-cyanoanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p. -Methoxyanilinobenzenesulfonyl, p-[4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylamino]benzenesulfonyl, p-[4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenyl Amino] benzenesulfonyl, p-(4-dimethylaminophenylamino)benzenesulfonyl and the like. The alkylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and examples thereof include a mercaptosulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, and a propyl group. Sulfosyl, isopropylsulfinyl, butylsulfinyl, hexylsulfinyl, cyclohexylsulfinyl, octylsulfinyl, 2-ethylhexylsulfinyl, Mercaptosulfonyl, dodecylsulfenyl, octadecylsulfenyl, cyanomethylsulfinyl, methoxymethyl, and the like. The arylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an arylsulfinylene group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenylsulfinyl group and a 1-naphthylsulfinyl group. 2-naphthylsulfinyl, 2-phenylphenylsulfinyl, 2-methylphenylsulfinylene, 2-decyloxysulfinyl, 2-butoxyphenyl Sulfonyl, 3-phenylphenylsulfinyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfinyl, 3-cyanophenylsulfinyl, 3-nitrophenylsulfinyl, 4 -fluorophenylsulfinyl, 4-cyanophenylsulfinyl, 4-methoxyphenylsulfinyl, 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfinyl 4-(p-anilinophensulfonyl)phenylsulfinyl, 4-dimethylaminophenylsulfinyl, and the like. The alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20, and examples thereof include a mercaptosulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, and a propylsulfonyl group. Isopropyl sulfonyl, butyl sulfonyl, hexyl sulfonyl, cyclohexyl fluorenyl, octyl fluorenyl, 2-ethylhexyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl 147900.doc -56· 201126269 sulfhydryl, Dodecylsulfonyl, octadecylsulfonyl, cyanosulfonylsulfonyl, decyloxymethylsulfonyl and the like. The arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an arylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenylsulfonyl group, a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, and a 2-naphthalene group. Sulfosyl, 2-chlorophenylsulfonyl, 2-methylphenylsulfonyl, 2-decyloxyphenylsulfonyl, 2-butoxyphenylsulfonyl, 3-gasbenzene Sulfosyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl, 3-cyanophenylsulfonyl, 3-nitrophenyl, 4-cyclophenyl, 4-n-based Phenyl continuation, 4-methoxyoxyphenylsulfonyl, 4-(p-amidophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfonyl, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenylsulfonate Base, 4-diamidophenylsulfonyl group and the like. The fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a butyl fluorenyl group, a trifluoromethylcarbonyl group, a pentyl group, and a benzoinyl group. , 1-naphthylfluorenyl, 2-naphthylfluorenyl, 4-(p-amidophenylsulfonyl)phenylhydrazine, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenylhydrazino, 4- Dimethylaminobenzhydryl, 4-diethylaminobenzhydryl, 2-oxobenzylidene, 2-methylbenzhydryl, 2-methoxyphenylhydrazino, 2-butyl Oxylbenzhydryl, 3-oxophenylhydrazino, 3-trifluoromethylphenylhydrazino, 3-cyanobenzoinyl, 3-nitrobenzhydryl, 4-fluorophenylhydrazine A group, a 4-cyanobenzylidene group, a 4-decyloxybenzoinyl group or the like. The alkoxy group or the aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkoxy group or an aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, and examples thereof include a decyloxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group. Propyloxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, octadecyloxycarbonyl 147900.doc -57- 201126269, phenoxycarbonyl, trifluoro Methyloxycarbonyl, 1·naphthyloxycarbonyl, 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl, 4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenyloxycarbonyl, 4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl) Phenyloxycarbonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenyloxy, 4-diethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl, 2-hydroxyphenyloxycarbonyl, 2-nonylphenyloxycarbonyl , 2-methoxyphenyloxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyphenyloxycarbonyl, 3-phenylphenyloxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenyloxy, 3-cyanobenzene Alkoxycarbonyl group, 3-nitrophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-fluorophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-cyanophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-methoxyphenyloxycarbonyl group and the like. The amine mercapto group which may have a substituent is preferably an amine ketone group having a total carbon number of 丨~川, and examples thereof include Ν_methylamine carbaryl group, Ν_ethylamine mercapto group, and Propylamine-methyl fluorenyl 'Ν-butylamine fluorenyl, hydrazine-hexylamine fluorenyl, fluorenyl-cyclohexylamine carbhydryl, N-octylamine carbyl, Ν-mercaptoamine fluorenyl , octadecylamine fluorenyl, fluorenyl-phenylamine, hydrazino, hydrazine, 2-methylphenylamine, fluorenyl-2-indole-2-indole Phenylamine, mercapto, Ν_2_(2-ethylhexyl)phenylamine, mercapto-3-indolyl-3-phenylphenylcarbyl, indole-3-nitrophenylamine, mercapto, ν-3 -Cyanophenylamine-mercaptopurine-4-methoxyphenylamine fluorenyl, hydrazin-4-cyanophenylaminecarbamyl, hydrazine 4 (proline phenylsulfonyl) phenylamine Mercapto, Ν_4_(p-anilinobenzoyl), phenylaminomethyl, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine - Dibutylamine-methyl hydrazino, hydrazine, hydrazine-diphenylamine fluorenyl and the like. The amine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, preferably an amine % fluorenyl group having a total carbon number of 〇 〜 3 〇, for example, an amine sulfonyl group, a fluorenyl-alkylamine sulfonyl group, Ν_147900.doc -58- 201126269 Arylamine sulphate, N,N-dialkylamine aryl, n,N-diarylamine, N-alkyl-N-arylamine fluorenyl and the like. More specifically, N-methylamine sulfonyl group, N-ethylamine sulfonyl group, n-propylamine sulfonyl group, N-butylamine sulfonyl group, N-hexylamine fluorenyl group, N- Cyclohexylamine sulfonyl group, N-octylamine fluorenyl group, N-2-ethylhexylamine fluorenyl group, N-decylamine fluorenyl group, N-octadecylate amine, N- Phenylamine sulfhydryl, N-2 -nonylphenylamine, N-2-chlorophenylamine sulfonyl, N-2-decyloxyphenylsulfonyl, N_ 2- Propyloxyphenylamine fluorenyl, N-3-chlorophenylamine hydrazino, N-3-nitrophenylamine, N-3-cyanophenyl sulfonate, N- 4-nonyloxymethanesulfonyl, N-4-cyanophenylamine sulfonyl, N-4-didecylphenylamine sulfonyl, N-4-(p-amidinobenzene Sulfhydryl)phenylamine sulfonyl, N_4_(p-anilinophensulfonyl)phenylamine sulfonyl, N-fluorenyl-N-phenylamine sulfonyl, N,N-didecylamine Further, anthracenyl group, N,N-dibutylamine fluorenyl group, N,N-diphenylamine sulfonyl group and the like. The amine group which may have a substituent, preferably an amine group having a total carbon number of from 〇 to 50, is exemplified by -NH 2 , N-alkylamino group, N-arylamino group, N-decylamino group. , N-sulfonylamino, N,N-dialkylamino, N,N-diarylamine, N-alkyl-N-arylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-disulfonylamine Base. More specifically, it may be exemplified by anthracene-fluorenylamino group, anthracene-ethylamino group, n-propylamino group, fluorenyl-isopropylamino group, anthracene-butylamino group, anthracene-tert-butylamino group, anthracene -hexylamino, fluorene-cyclohexylamino, fluorenyl-octylamino, fluoren-2-ethylhexylamino, fluorenyl-decylamino, decyl-octadecylamino, hydrazine Base, Ν-phenylamino group, Ν_2_τ-phenylphenyl group, Ν-2-chlorophenylamino group, Ν-2-nonyloxyphenylamino group, Ν-2-isopropoxyphenylamino group, Ν-2-(2-ethylhexyl)phenylamino, indole-3- 147900.doc •59- 201126269 chlorophenylamino, N-3-nitrophenylamino, N-3-cyano Phenylamino, N-3-trifluorodecylphenylamino, N-4-methoxyphenylamino, N-4-cyanophenylamino, N-4-trifluoromethylbenzene Amino group, N-4-(p-methylaminophenylsulfonyl)phenylamino, N-4-(p-anilinophenylsulfonyl)phenylamino, N-4-dimethylaminobenzene Amino, N-fluorenyl-N-phenylamino, N,N-diamine, N,N-diethylamino, N,N-dibutylamino, hydrazine, fluorenyl-diphenyl Amine, N,N-diethylhydrazino, N,N-diphenylhydrazino, anthracene, fluorene-dibutylcarbonylamino, hydrazine Ν-dimethylsulfonylamino, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylsulfonylamino, hydrazine, hydrazine-dibutylsulfonylamino, hydrazine, fluorene-diphenylsulfonylamino, morpholinyl, 3,5·dimercaptomorpholinyl, oxazolyl, and the like. The phosphinyl group which may have a substituent, preferably a phosphino group having a total carbon number of 2 to 50, may, for example, be a dimethylphosphonium group, a diethylphosphonium group or a dipropylphosphonium group. Diphenylphosphonium sulfhydryl, dimethoxyphosphonium decyl, diethoxyphosphoryl, diphenylmethylphosphonium decyl, bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)phosphonium, etc. . The heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is preferably an aromatic or aliphatic heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom. For example, there are: thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thienyl, furyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzopyranyl, anthracene Indenyl, morphinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, &quot;pyridyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, hydrazine, hydrazine, isodecyl, 3H·indenyl, fluorenyl, 1H-carbazolyl, fluorenyl, 4H•quinacyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, hydrazine, naphthyridyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazoline Base, 4 phenyl group, acridinyl group, 4aH-carbazolyl, oxazolyl porphyrin 147900.doc -60- 201126269 aryl, phenidinyl, acridinyl, acridinyl, morpholinyl, brown, well Base, morphing. Well base, iso-pyrazolyl, brown. Plug-in base, isoxazolyl, furazinyl, morphine, hexyl, octyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, 0 metre, lin, η Base, 吼. Sitting on the Linji, sent bite base, η Chen cultivating base, % 丨 朵 朵 基 基 、, 吲哚 吲哚 基 嗫, 嗫 基 base, 琳 基 、, 9- oxysulfide IT mountain 星 star base, etc. The halogen group has a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a ruthenium atom, etc. Examples of the sulfonyl group which may have a substituent include a monomethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a dichloromethyl group. And a trimethyl sulfhydryl group, a monobromomethyl group, a dibromomethyl group, a tribromomethyl group, etc. Examples of the fluorenylamino group which may have a substituent on N include n,N-dimethylnonylamino group and N. N-diethylguanamine group, etc. Further, the above-mentioned alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent Alkoxy group, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, alkylthio group which may have a substituent, arylthio group which may have a substituent, an oxime group which may have a substituent, a para-alkyl group which may have a substituent A phenylsulfonyl group, a arylaminophenylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an alkylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, an arylsulfinyl group which may have a substituent, an alkyl group which may have a substituent A sulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group or an aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, an amine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, The aminesulfonyl group having a substituent, the amine group which may have a substituent, and the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent may be further substituted with another substituent. Examples of such a substituent include, for example, a fluorine atom and a gas atom. Bromine 147900.doc -61 · 201126269 A halogen group such as an atom or a halogen atom, an aryloxy group such as a methoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a third butoxy group; An alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxy group or a butoxycarbonyl group such as an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxy group such as an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyloxy group or a phenyl anthracene group; , phenyl fluorenyl, isobutyl fluorenyl, acryl fluorenyl, methyl propyl sulfhydryl, methoxy sulfhydryl, etc. Aromatic phenyl sulfonyl group, p-tertylamino phenyl sulfonyl group, p-anilinobenzene sulfonyl group, p-tolylamino phenyl fluorenyl group, etc. a dialkylamino group such as a methylamino group or a cyclohexylamino group, a dialkylamino group such as a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a morphine group or a N-Nanthene group, a phenylamino group and a p-phenylene group. An arylamino group such as an amino group, an alkyl group such as a decyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group or a dodecyl group, a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a xylyl group, a cumyl group, a naphthyl group or a fluorenyl group. An aryl group such as phenanthryl group, and the like, and may also be exemplified by a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a decyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a sulfo group, a methanesulfonyl group, a p-toluene fluorenyl group, an amine group, an exact group, a cyano group, and a tris-yl group. , trichloromethyl, tridecyl sulphate, phosphonic acid subunit, phosphonic acid group, triterpene ketone ion, dimethyl sulphonate ion, triphenyl benzamidine methyl quinone ion, etc. In addition, as X, in terms of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength region, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, and the like may be used. With Alkynyl group of a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, an arylthio group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent An alkyl group, an amine group which may have a substituent, or an amine group which may have a substituent on N. Further, η in the formula (II) represents an integer of 0 to 5, and is easy to synthesize. 147900.doc • 62- 201126269 and 0 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 〇2. When a plurality of 'X' are present in the formula (II), the plurality of X's may be the same or different. The following is a specific example of the photopolymerization initiator represented by the above formula (11). [化 12]

I47900.doc -63 - 201126269I47900.doc -63 - 201126269

[化 13][Chem. 13]

147900.doc -64· 201126269147900.doc -64· 201126269

本發明所使用之上述通式(II)所表示之化合物係於250 nm〜500 nm之波長區域具有吸收波長者。更佳可列舉於 300 nm〜380 nm之波長區域具有吸收波長者。尤佳為308 nm及355 nm之吸光度較高者。 作為可用於本發明之(C)光聚合起始劑,除上述通式(11) 所表示之化合物以外,亦可使用如下之起始劑,較佳為通 式(II)所表示之化合物。又’該等光聚合起始劑亦可使用2 種以上。 作為通式(II)所表示之化合物以外之光聚合起始劑,例 如可列舉:有機鹵化物、吟二唑化合物、羰基化合物 '縮 綱化合物、安息香化合物、吖啶化合物、有機過氧化物、 偶氮化合物、香豆素化合物、疊氮化合物、二茂金屬化合 物、六芳基聯咪唑化合物、有機硼酸化合物、二磺酸化合 物、鑌鹽化合物、醯基膦(氧化物)化合物、通式(π)以外之 結構之肟酯化合物。 作為該等之具體例,可列舉:若林等人「BuU Chem Japan」42、2924(1969)、美國專利第 3,9〇5,8i5號說明 書、曰本專利特公昭46_46〇5號公報、日本專利特開昭48_ 36281號公報、日本專利特開昭55_32〇7〇號公報、日本專 利特開昭60-239736號公報、日本專利特開昭61_刪⑽ 147900.doc •65- 201126269 公報、曰本專利特開昭6〗_169837號公報、日本專利特開 B362-58241號公報 '日本專利特開昭62·2124()ι號公報、日 本專利特開昭63-70243號公報、日本專利特開昭63_298339 ^ Μ. P. Hutt r Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry j l(No3) ’(1970)」、日本專利特公平629285號公報、美國 專利第3,479,185號、美國專利第4,311,783號、錢專利第 4,622,286號等各說明書、日本專利特開昭62_143〇44號公 報、日本專利特開昭62_15〇242號公報、日本專利特開平 188685號公報、日本專利特開平9 188686號公報日本專 利特開平9-188710號公報、日本專利特開2〇〇〇_131837號公 報、曰本專利特開2〇〇2_1〇7916號公報、日本專利第 2764769號公報、日本專利特願2〇〇〇_31〇8〇8號公報等之各 公報、&amp;Kunz,Martin「RadTech,98.ProeeedingAprill9-22’ 1998,Chicago」等中所記載之有機硼酸鹽,日本專利 特開平6-157623號公報、曰本專利特開平6_175564號公 報、曰本專利特開平6-175561號公報、日本專利特開平6_ Ρ55 54號公報、日本專利特開平6_175553號公報、日本專 利特開平9-1 88710號公報、日本專利特開平6_348011號公 報、曰本專利特開平7-128785號公報、日本專利特開平7_ “0589號公報、曰本專利特開平7-306527號公報、曰本專 利特開平7-292014 號公報、】.(:.8.?611011 11 (1979) 1653-1660、J. C· S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232、曰 本專利特開2000-66385號公報、日本專利特開2000-80068 147900.doc -66 - 201126269 號公報、日本專利特表2004_534797號公報等中所記載之 光聚合起始劑。 光聚合起始劑可使用丨種或組合使用2種以上。又,於使 用對曝光波長無吸收之光聚合起始劑之情形時,需使用對 曝光波長有吸收之化合物作為增感劑。增感劑如下所述。 本發明所使用之光聚合起始劑的含量,相對於著色感光 性樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分,較佳為5質量%〜2〇質量 /ί&gt;之範圍,更佳為5質量%〜15質量%之範圍,更佳為1〇質 量%〜15質量%之範圍。 &lt;(Ε)界面活性劑&gt; 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物含有界面活性劑。 若増加顏料濃度,則塗佈液之觸變性一般會增大,因此 於基板上塗佈或轉印著色感光性樹脂組合物而形成著色感 光性樹脂組合物層(著色層塗膜)後,不易產生膜厚不均。 又’尤其是藉由狹縫塗佈法形成|色感光性樹脂組合物層 (著色層塗膜)時’重要的是將著色感光性樹月旨組合物層形 成用之塗佈液均化至乾燥為止,而形成厚度均勻之塗膜。 因此,較佳為使上述|色感光性樹月旨组合物中含有適宜之 界面活性劑。作為上述界面活性劑,適宜可列舉:日本專 利特開期_33期號純、日辑料開平η·ΐ33帽號 公報中所揭示之界面活性劑。 面 作為用以提高塗佈性㈣面活性劑,可添加非離子系界 活性劑、氟系界面活性劑、㈣界面活性劑等。 作為非離子系界面活性劑,例如較佳為 聚氧乙二醇 147900.doc •67- 201126269 類、聚氧丙二醇類、护费7 頬聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳 基驗類、聚氧乙嫌按其相 土 -曰類、聚氧丙烯烷基醚類、聚氧丙 稀烧基芳基㈣、聚氧丙婦院基酯類、山梨糖醇肝烧基醋 類、單甘油醋貌基醋類等之非離子系界面活性劑。 具體而言,有聚意7 兩眾軋乙一%、聚氧丙二醇等聚氧烷二醇 類;聚氧乙婦月桂基越、聚氧丙稀硬脂基喊、聚氧乙婦油 基醚:聚氧烷烯烷基醚類,·聚氧乙烯辛基苯㈣、聚氧乙 烯聚苯乙烯基化醚、聚氧乙烯三苄基苯基醚'聚氧乙烯― 丙烯聚苯乙稀基化驗、聚氧乙婦壬基苯基喊等聚氧乙烧烯 芳基醚類,聚氧乙烯二月桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯二硬脂酸酯等 聚氧烯二烷基酯、山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯、聚氧烷烯山梨糖 醇酐脂肪酸酯類等之非離子系界面活性劑。 該等之具體例’例如為:Adeka Pluronic系列、 Adekanol系列、Tetronic系列(以上為ADEKA(股份)製造)、 Emulgen系列、Rheodol系列(以上為花王(股份)製造)、 Eleminol系列、Nonipole系列、〇ctapole系列、D〇decap〇le 系列、Newpol系列(以上為三洋化成(股份)製造)、pi〇nine 系列(以上竹本油脂(股份)製造)、Nissan Nonion系列(曰油 (股份)製造)等。可使用該等市售品^ HLB值較佳為8~20, 更佳為10〜17。 作為氟系界面活性劑,可適宜使用:末端、主鏈及側鏈 之至少任一部位具有氟烷基或氟伸烷基的化合物。 作為具體之市售品’例如有:Megafac F142D、Megafac F172、Megafac F173、Megafac F176、Megafac F177、 H7900.doc -68- 201126269The compound represented by the above formula (II) used in the present invention is one having an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of from 250 nm to 500 nm. More preferably, it has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 300 nm to 380 nm. Especially preferred are those with higher absorbance at 308 nm and 355 nm. As the (C) photopolymerization initiator which can be used in the present invention, in addition to the compound represented by the above formula (11), the following initiator may be used, and a compound represented by the formula (II) is preferred. Further, two or more kinds of such photopolymerization initiators may be used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator other than the compound represented by the formula (II) include an organic halide, an oxadiazole compound, a carbonyl compound, a condensed compound, a benzoin compound, an acridine compound, and an organic peroxide. Azo compound, coumarin compound, azide compound, metallocene compound, hexaarylbiimidazole compound, organoboric acid compound, disulfonic acid compound, phosphonium salt compound, mercaptophosphine (oxide) compound, general formula ( An oxime ester compound having a structure other than π). Specific examples of such a product include: "BuU Chem Japan" 42 and 2924 (1969), and U.S. Patent No. 3,9,5,8i5, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 46_46〇5, Japan. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO-48-36281, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. 55-32-7, No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 60-239736, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61- sho (10) 147900.doc • 65-201126269 Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO No. SHO No. SHO No. Sho. No. Sho. Kai Zhao 63_298339 ^ Μ. P. Hutt r Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry jl (No3) '(1970), Japanese Patent Special Publication No. 629285, US Patent No. 3,479,185, US Patent No. 4,311,783, money patent Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. -188710 Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2,131,837, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2, No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-128785, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7- No. 0589, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-306527, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 7-292014, (.8) .611011 11 (1979) 1653-1660, J. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232, 曰本专利开开 2000-66385, Japanese Patent Special Open 2000-80068 147900.doc The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2004-534797, and the like. The photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, in the case of using a photopolymerization initiator which does not absorb the exposure wavelength, a compound which absorbs the exposure wavelength is used as a sensitizer. The sensitizer is as follows. The content of the photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 5% by mass to 2% by mass per gram of the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition, more preferably 5% by mass. The range of 15% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass. &lt;(Ε) Surfactant&gt; The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant. When the pigment concentration is added, the thixotropy of the coating liquid generally increases. Therefore, it is difficult to apply or transfer the colored photosensitive resin composition onto the substrate to form the colored photosensitive resin composition layer (colored layer coating film). Uneven film thickness is produced. Further, in particular, when the color photosensitive resin composition layer (colored layer coating film) is formed by a slit coating method, it is important to homogenize the coating liquid for forming a coloring photosensitive composition layer to After drying, a coating film having a uniform thickness is formed. Therefore, it is preferred to contain a suitable surfactant in the above-mentioned color-sensitive photosensitive composition. As the above-mentioned surfactant, a surfactant disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 33, No. 33, No. 33, No. The surface may be a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, or a (4) surfactant as a surfactant for improving the coating property. As the nonionic surfactant, for example, polyoxyethylene glycol 147900.doc •67- 201126269, polyoxypropylene glycol, protective 7 頬 polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl group are preferable. Test class, polyoxyethylene B is suspected according to its soil - steroids, polyoxypropylene alkyl ethers, polyoxypropylene aryl aryl (four), polyoxypropylene phthalate esters, sorbitol liver burning vinegar Non-ionic surfactants such as monoglycerin and vinegar. Specifically, there are polyoxyalkylene glycols such as polypyridyl 7 and polyoxypropylene glycol; polyoxymethylene laurel, polyoxypropylene, and polyoxyethylene ethyl ketone: Polyoxyalkylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene octylbenzene (IV), polyoxyethylene polystyrene ether, polyoxyethylene tribenzyl phenyl ether 'polyoxyethylene ― propylene polystyrene based assay, Polyoxyethylene ethene aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene dilacates such as polyoxyethylene dilaurate, polyoxyethylene distearate, sorbitan fat A nonionic surfactant such as an acid ester or a polyoxyalkylene sorbitan fatty acid ester. Specific examples of these are, for example, Adeka Pluronic series, Adekanol series, Tetronic series (above ADEKA (manufactured by ADEKA), Emulgen series, Rheodol series (above is Kao (share) manufacturing), Eleminol series, Nonipole series, 〇 Ctapole series, D〇decap〇le series, Newpol series (above is manufactured by Sanyo Chemicals Co., Ltd.), pi〇nine series (manufactured by Takeshi Oil & Fats Co., Ltd.), Nissan Nonion series (manufactured by Oyster Sauce (share)). The commercially available product can be used. The HLB value is preferably from 8 to 20, more preferably from 10 to 17. As the fluorine-based surfactant, a compound having a fluoroalkyl group or a fluoroalkyl group in at least a part of the terminal, the main chain and the side chain can be suitably used. As a specific commercial item, for example, there are: Megafac F142D, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, H7900.doc-68-201126269

Megafac F183、Megafac F780、Megafac F781、Megafac F782、Megafac F784、Megafac F552、Megafac F554、 Megafac R30、Megafac R08(以上為 DIC(股份)製造)、 Fluorad FC-135、Fluorad FC-170C ' Fluorad FC-430、 Fluorad FC-431(以上為住友3M(股份)製造)、Surflon S-112、Surflon S-113、Surflon S-131、Surflon S-141、 Surflon S-145、Surflon S-382、Surflon SC-101、Surflon SC-102 ' Surflon SC-103 ' Surflon SC-104 ' Surflon SC-105、Surflon SC-1 06(以上為旭確子(股份)製造)、Eftop EF351、Eftop 352、Eftop 801、Eftop 802(以上為 JEMCO(股份)製造)等。 作為石夕系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone DC7PA、Toray Silicone SHI 1PA、 Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH-190 ' Toray Silicone SH-193 ' Toray Silicone SZ-6032、Toray Silicone SF-8428、Toray Silicone DC-57、 Toray Silicone DC-190(以上為 Toray Dow Corning Silicone(股份)製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、 TSF-4446、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為 GE Toshiba Silicone(股份)製造)等。 該%•中’就本發明而言較佳之界面活性劑為Megafac F780、Megafac F781、Megafac F782、Megafac F784、 Megafac F552、及 Megafac F554(以上為DIC(股份)製造)。 -69- 147900.doc 201126269 該等界面活性劑之用量’相對於用以形成著色感光性樹 脂組合物層之塗佈液1GGf量份,較佳為5質量份以下更 佳為2質量份以下,更佳為〇·5質量份以下。於界面活性劑 之量超過5質量份之情料,塗佈乾㈣容易產生條紋或 表面龜裂,平滑性容易變差。 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物視需要可進而含有⑺ 增感劑、熱硬化性樹脂、溶劑、等其他成分。 &lt;(F)增感劑&gt; 本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中,較佳為使用對曝光 波長有吸收之化合物及具有鏈轉移功能之硫醇化合物中之 至少1種作為增感劑,來提高⑷)光聚合起始劑之聚合起始 效率。 藉由照射對曝光波長有吸收之化合物之增感劑可吸收之 波長的光,可促進(C)光聚合起始劑成分之自由基產生反 應、或由此引發之聚合性化合物之聚合反應。 作為如此之對曝光波長有吸收之化合物之增感劑,可列 + A知之为光增感色素或染料、或吸收光而與光聚合起 始劑發生相互作用的染料或顏料。 作為可用於本發明之增感劑的較佳分光增感色素或染 料,可列舉:多核芳香族類(例如芘、茈、聯三伸苯)、 咄嗟類(例如螢光紅、曙紅、赤蘚紅、若丹明B、孟加拉玫 瑰紅)、化青類(例如噻碳菁、氧雜羰菁)、部花青類(例如 °Mfc月、碳部花青)、嗟畊類(例如硫堇、亞曱基藍、曱苯 胺藍)、吖啶類(例如吖啶橙、氣黃素、吖啶黃素)' 酞菁類 147900.doc 201126269 (例如酞菁、金屬酞菁)、卟啉類(例如 W丰丞D卜琳、中心金 屬取代外琳)、葉綠素類(例如,葉綠素、葉綠酸 今 屬取代葉綠素)、金屬錯體、葱醌類(例 ' 以列如恩醌)、方酸内鏽 類(例如角鯊烯鏽)等。 ,、有鏈轉移功能之硫酵化合物具有如下作用:進一步提 高起始劑對活性放射線之感度’或者抑制由氧引起之聚合 性化合物之聚合抑制等。 作為如此之硫醇化合物,可列舉:乙二醇雙硫代丙酸醋 (EGTP)、丁二醇雙硫代丙酸酯⑽τρ)、三羥甲基丙烷二 =丙酸酿(ΤΜΤΡ)、季戊四醇四硫代丙酸酷(ρΕτρ) = 多官能硫醇化合物,2省基苯并Μ、2_録苯并十坐、 2-巯基苯并咪唑、2_毓基_4(阳)_喹唑啉、卩·巯基萘、队苯 基疏基笨并咪唑等單官能硫醇化合物。 就隨時間經過之穩定性、於溶劑中之溶解性 言,尤佳為單官能之硫醇化合物。 就=聚合成長速度與鏈轉移之平衡性提高硬化速度的觀 人。本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物中之硫醇化合物 3墨相對於感光性樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分之質 里’較佳為G.5〜1G質量%之範®,更佳為G.5〜5質量%之範 (熱硬化性樹脂) 發月所使用之著色感光性樹脂組合物視需要可含有玉m 氧樹知、氧雜環丁烷樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂。 作為環氧樹脂,有雙酚A型、甲酚酚醛清漆型、聯苯 147900.doc 201126269 型、脂環式環氧化合物等。 例如作為雙酚A型,可列舉:£卩(^〇1^〇丫0-115、丫0-118T ' YD-127 ' YD-128 &gt; YD-134 ' YD-8125 ' YD-7011R、ZX-1059、YDF-8170、YDF-170 等(以上為東都化 成製造)、Denacol EX-1101、EX-1102、EX-1103 等(以上為 長瀨化成製造)、Placcel GL-61、GL-62、G101、G102(以 上為Daicel化學製造)’此外亦可列舉類似之雙酚ρ型、雙 酿S型。又,亦可使用Ebecryl 3700、3701、600(以上為 DaicelUCB製造)等環氧基丙烯酸酯。 作為甲酚酚酸清漆型’可列舉:Epotohto YDPN-638、 YDPN-701、YDPN-702、YDPN-703、YDPN-704 等(以上為 東都化成製造)、Denacol EM-125等(以上為長瀨化成製 造);作為聯苯型’可列舉3,5,3,,5,_四曱基_4,4,_二縮水甘 油基聯苯等。 作為脂環式環氧化合物,可列舉:Ceii〇xide 2021、 2081、2083、2085、Epolead GT-301、GT-302、GT-401、 GT-403、EHPE-3150(以上為 Daicel化學製造)、Sun T〇ht〇 ST-3000、ST_4000、ST_5〇8〇、ST_51〇〇 等(以上為東都化成 製造)等。此外亦可使用作為胺型環氧樹脂之Ep〇t〇ht〇 γΗ_ 434、YH-434L、對雙酚Α型環氧樹脂進行二聚酸改性而成 的縮水甘油基酯等。 該等環氧樹脂中,較佳為酚醛清漆型環氧化合物、脂環 式%氧化合物,尤佳為環氧基當量為18〇〜25〇者。作為如 此之原材料’可列舉:Epiclon Ν·66〇、ν_67〇、ν_680、Ν_ 147900.doc -72- 201126269 690、YDCN-704L(以上為 DIC 公司製造)、EHpE315〇 (Daicel化學製造)。 作為氧雜環丁炫樹脂’可使用Ar〇n 〇xetane 〇χτ_1〇ι、 ΟΧΤ-121 &gt; ΟΧΤ-211 ^ ΟΧΤ-221 ' ΟΧΤ-212 ' ΟΧΤ-610 ' OX-SQ、ΡΝ〇χ(以上為東亞合成製造)。 又氧雜環丁烧樹脂可單獨使用,或將其與丙烯酸系共 聚物、環氧樹脂或馬來醯亞胺樹脂混合使用。尤其是與環 氧樹脂併用之情形時,由紫外光雷射曝光產生之熱量使反 應性較高,就與基板之密著性的觀點而言較佳。 本發明之環氧樹脂及氧雜環丁烷樹脂在著色感光性樹脂 組合物中的含量,相對於著色感光性樹脂組合物之全部固 形物成分,較佳為〇.5〜15質量%,就同時實現於鹼中之溶 解性以及與基板之密著性的觀點而言,較佳為1〜10質量 %。 (溶劑) 本發明所使用之著色感光性樹脂組合物通常可使用溶劑 來製備。又,上述顏料分散組合物亦使用溶劑來製備。 作為溶劑,可列舉:酯類,例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁 酯、乙酸異丁酯、曱酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸異丁酯、 丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、烷基酯 類、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、羥基乙酸曱酯、羥基乙酸乙 酯、羥基乙酸丁酯、曱氧基乙酸曱酷、曱氧基乙酸乙醋、 甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、以 及3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等3·氧基丙酸烷基酯 147900.doc -73· 201126269 類(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基 丙酸曱酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等)、2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧 基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如 2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙 醋、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙醋、2-經基-2-甲 基丙酸曱酯、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙 酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、以及丙酮酸甲 酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙基、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸 乙酯、2-氧代丁酸曱酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、1,3-丁二醇二 乙酸酯等; _類,例如二乙二醇二甲基喊、四氫。夫°南、乙二醇單甲 基醚、乙二醇單乙基醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基赛路蘇 乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲基驗、二乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二 醇單丁基醚、丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙基醚乙酸 醋、丙二醇丙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二乙基鍵、二乙二醇 單乙基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚 乙酸酯、丙二醇正丙基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、丙二 醇正丁基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇苯基醚、丙二醇苯基醚乙酸 酯、二丙二醇單曱基醚乙酸酯 '二丙二醇正丙基醚乙酸 酯、二丙二醇正丁基醚乙酸酯、三丙二醇單正丁基醚、三 丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯等; 乙酸烧氧基烧基酯類,例如乙酸3-曱氧基丁酯、乙酸4_ 曱氧基丁酯、乙酸2-甲基-3-曱氧基丁酯、乙酸3·曱基_3_甲 氧基丁酯、乙酸3 -曱基-3 -曱氧基丁酯、乙酸2_乙氧基丁 147900.doc -74· 201126269 酯 '乙酸 G乳基丁酯、乙酸2-甲氧基戊酯、乙酸3-甲氧 基戊知 '乙酸4-f氧基戊g旨、乙3交2甲基_3_甲氧基戊酿、 乙酸3 -甲某1田# # , 丞-3-曱虱基戊酯、乙酸3·甲基_4•甲氧基戊酯等; 酮1自,_ q如丙酮、曱基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚 酮等; 醇類,例如乙醇、異丙醇、丙二醇曱基醚、丙二醇單正 丙基鍵、丙二醇單正丁基醚; 芳香族烴類’例如曱苯、二甲苯等。 該算 φ 甲’適宜為丙酸3-乙氧基甲酯、丙酸3-乙氧基乙 酉曰乙基赛路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、 乙酉欠丁酯、丙酸3_甲氧基甲酯、2_庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡 必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇曱基醚、丙二醇 甲基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇乙基醚乙酸酯、乙酸3 -曱氧基丁 醋、乙酸3-甲基_3_甲氧基丁酯等。 溶劑除可單獨使用以外’亦可將2種以上組合使用。 (有機羧酸) 為了促進未硬化部之鹼溶解性,而進一步提高著色感光 性樹脂組合物之顯影性,可添加有機羧酸,較佳為分子量 為1000以下之低分子量有機羧酸。具體而言,例如可列 舉.曱酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、三甲基乙酸、己 酸、二乙基乙酸、庚酸、辛酸等脂肪族單羧酸;草酸、丙 二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、辛二酸、壬二 酸、癸二酸、十三烷二酸、甲基丙二酸、乙基丙二酸、二 曱基丙二酸、甲基琥珀酸、四曱基琥珀酸、檸康酸等脂肪 147900.doc -75- 201126269 族二羧酸;1’2,3-丙三曱酸、烏頭酸、降樟腦三酸等脂肪 族三羧酸;苯甲酸 '甲苯甲酸、小 甲酸、2,5•二甲基苯甲酸等芳香族單鄰本 間苯二曱酸、對笨二曱酉曼、偏笨三甲酸、均苯三曱酸、 1,2,3,5-苯四甲酸、1,2,4,5_苯四f酸等芳香族多㈣;苯· 基乙酸、苯氧基乙酸、甲氧基苯氧基乙酸、氫阿托酸、氣 桂皮酸、扁桃酸、苯基琥珀酸、阿托酸、桂皮酸、桂皮酸 甲酷、桂皮酸节醋、苯亞烯丙基乙酸、香豆酸、傘形酸等 其他羧酸。 (矽烷偶合劑) 就進一步提高與基板之密著性的觀點而言,本發明所使 用之著色感光性樹脂組合物中可使用矽烷偶合劑。 矽烷偶合劑較佳為具有烷氧基矽烷基作為可與無機材料 化學鍵結之水解性基者。又,較佳為具有與有機樹脂之間 產生相互作用或者形成鍵而表現出親和性的基,作為如此 之基,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯基、巯基、縮水甘 油基、氧雜環丁基者,尤佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基或縮水 甘油基者。 即,作為本發明所使用之矽烷偶合劑,較佳為具有烷氧 基石夕烧基與(甲基)丙烯醯基或環氧基的化合物,具體可列 舉:下述結構之(甲基)丙烯醯基·三甲氧基矽烷化合物 '縮 ' 水甘油基-三甲氧基矽烷化合物等。 147900.doc -76· 201126269 [化 14] Ο [化 15] (^&gt;^sO/N^Si(OCH3)3 作為使用矽烷偶合劑時之添加量,於本發明所使用之著 色感光性樹脂組合物中之全部固形物成分中,較佳為〇 2 質量%〜5.0質量%之範圍,更佳為〇 5質量%〜3 〇質量%。 (聚合抑制劑) --I工例曰殂兮物之聚适甲驭考保存 中’為了阻止可聚合之乙稀性不飽和化合物發生不需要之 熱聚合,理想的是添加少量熱聚合抑制劑。 :、可用於本發明之熱聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二 紛其對甲氧基苯齡、二第三丁基㈣、鄰苯三紛、第: 丁 基鄰笨二 ΛΑ. Λ '♦ί *θ 紛)、22,— 昆、4,4,-硫雙(3-曱基-6-第三丁基笨 ’-亞甲基雙(4_甲基心第三 基絲胺鈽(m)鹽、啡㈣ 為基本 熱聚合抑制劑之六a旦 較佳為_質量%〜=^目對於著色感光性樹脂組合物, 引起之聚合抑制,而添:二’視需要可為了防止由氣 十一酸或二十二烷醯胺之類的 147900.doc •77. 201126269 高級脂肪酸衍生物等,使其在塗佈後之乾燥過程中偏在於 感光層之表面。向級脂肪酸衍生物之添加量較佳為著色感 光性樹脂組合物之〇.5質量%〜1 〇質量%。 (塑化劑) 進而,本發明中,亦可為了改良著色感光性樹脂組合物 之物性而添加無機填充劑或塑化劑等。 作為塑化劑’例如有鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯、鄰苯二甲酸 二-十二烷基酯、三乙二醇二辛酸酯、二甲基乙二醇鄰苯 二甲酸酯、磷酸三苯酯、己二酸二辛酯、癸二酸二丁酯、 二乙醯基甘油等,可相對於(B)聚合性化合物與(D)樹脂之 合計質量而添加10質量%以下之量。 藉由使用上述成分,本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物藉 由紫外光雷射之曝光會以高感度進行硬化,又,表現出較 尚之與基板之密著性。進而,由於係以高感度形成被膜, 故而藉由紫外光雷射之高輸出曝光,亦可維持表面之平滑 性。因此,含有上述各種成分之著色感光性樹脂組合物適 合本發明之方法,可較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片之著色圖 &lt;液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片之製造方法&gt; 本發明之紫外光雷射曝光用著色感光性樹脂組合物及圖 案形成方法適合液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片。以下將本 發明之紫外光雷射曝光用著色感光性樹脂組合物及圖案形 成方法作為液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片之製造方法中之著 色圖案之形成用组合物及形成方法進行說明,但本發明並 147900.doc -78- 201126269 不限定於該方法。 可藉由使用著色感光性樹脂組合物,於透光性基板上带 成著色圖案而製造,亦可視需要進而設置其他步驟。 本發明之圖案形成方法之特徵在於具有如下步驟:於基 • 板上形成包含紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物之層= ' 藉由紫外光雷射曝光為圖案狀,並使曝光區域硬化的曝光 步驟,該紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物至少含有 (A)著色劑、(B)聚合性化合物、(c)光聚合起始劑、⑴)樹 脂、及(E)界面活性劑,且上述(D)樹脂之分子内含有“莫 耳%〜90莫耳%之選自由⑴」)通式⑴所表示之結構單元及 (D-2)含有N位-取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元所組成群中 之至少1種結構單元,且含有具有酸性基之結構單元重 量平均分子量為⑺⑼卜⑺⑼⑽;以及除去未曝光區域之顯 影步驟。 本發明《圖案形成方法具有藉由紫外光雷射而曝光為圖 案狀之曝光步驟。推測其原理為:藉由該曝光步驟,於著 色感光性樹脂組合物之圖案狀曝光區域,使(c)光聚合起 始劑產生起始種,藉由該起始種引發並進行(B)聚合性化 . 合物之聚合硬化反應,同時藉由紫外光雷射曝光所產生之 熱量使存在於(D)樹脂之分子内的烯丙基或N位_取代馬來 醯亞胺基發生熱反應,而引發並進行硬化反應,使曝光區 域進订光 '熱雙重硬化,藉此形成包含硬化區域與未硬化 區域的圖案。於戎曝光步驟後,亦可視需要進行顯影步 驟,除去未硬化區域而形成圖案。 147900.doc -79- 201126269 [曝光步驟] 本發明之曝光方式係使用紫外光雷射作為光源。雷射係 英文 Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission ofMegafac F183, Megafac F780, Megafac F781, Megafac F782, Megafac F784, Megafac F552, Megafac F554, Megafac R30, Megafac R08 (above DIC), Fluorad FC-135, Fluorad FC-170C 'Floror FC-430 , Fluorad FC-431 (above Sumitomo 3M (share)), Surflon S-112, Surflon S-113, Surflon S-131, Surflon S-141, Surflon S-145, Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101 Surflon SC-102 ' Surflon SC-103 ' Surflon SC-104 ' Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC-1 06 (above is manufactured by Asahi Kasei), Eftop EF351, Eftop 352, Eftop 801, Eftop 802 ( The above is manufactured by JEMCO (shares) and so on. Examples of the Shishi system surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone DC7PA, Toray Silicone SHI 1PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH-190 'Toray Silicone SH -193 ' Toray Silicone SZ-6032, Toray Silicone SF-8428, Toray Silicone DC-57, Toray Silicone DC-190 (above manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Silicone), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445 , TSF-4446, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (the above is manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone (share)). Preferred surfactants for the present invention are Megafac F780, Megafac F781, Megafac F782, Megafac F784, Megafac F552, and Megafac F554 (all manufactured by DIC). -69-147900.doc 201126269 The amount of the surfactant used is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, based on 1 part by weight of the coating liquid for forming the colored photosensitive resin composition layer. More preferably, it is 5 parts by mass or less. When the amount of the surfactant is more than 5 parts by mass, the coating is dry (4), and streaks or surface cracks are likely to occur, and the smoothness is liable to be deteriorated. The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain (7) a sensitizer, a thermosetting resin, a solvent, and the like as needed. &lt;(F) Sensitizer&gt; In the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use at least one of a compound having absorption at an exposure wavelength and a thiol compound having a chain transfer function as a sensitizer To increase (4) the polymerization initiation efficiency of the photopolymerization initiator. By irradiating light of a wavelength which the sensitizer of the compound which absorbs the exposure wavelength absorbs, it is possible to promote the (C) radical polymerization reaction of the photopolymerization initiator component or the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound thereby initiated. As such a sensitizer for a compound which absorbs at an exposure wavelength, it is known that it is a photosensitizing dye or dye, or a dye or pigment which absorbs light and interacts with a photopolymerization initiator. Preferred examples of the spectrally sensitizing dye or dye which can be used in the sensitizer of the present invention include polynuclear aromatics (for example, ruthenium, osmium, and benzene), and oximes (for example, fluorescene red, blush, and red). Blush, rhodamine B, bengal rose red), phthalocyanine (such as thiocarbonate, oxaphthalocyanine), merocyanine (such as °Mfc month, carbon merocyanine), sorghum (such as sulfur堇, fluorene blue, indole amide blue, acridine (eg acridine orange, aflatoxin, acridine flavin) 'phthalocyanine 147900.doc 201126269 (eg phthalocyanine, metal phthalocyanine), porphyrin Classes (such as W Feng D Dulin, central metal replaces foreign Lin), chlorophyll (for example, chlorophyll, chlorophyllin replaces chlorophyll), metal complex, onion (eg 'Lian Luneng') Squaric acid rust (such as squalene rust). The thiol compound having a chain transfer function has the following effects of further improving the sensitivity of the initiator to the actinic radiation or suppressing polymerization inhibition of the polymerizable compound by oxygen. Examples of such a thiol compound include ethylene glycol dithiopropionic acid vinegar (EGTP), butanediol dithiopropionate (10) τρ), trimethylolpropane bis = propionic acid (ΤΜΤΡ), and pentaerythritol. Tetrathiopropionic acid cool (ρΕτρ) = polyfunctional thiol compound, 2 provincial benzopyrene, 2 benzophenanthene, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2_mercapto-4 (yang) _ quinazoline Monofunctional thiol compounds such as porphyrin, quinone-naphthyl naphthalene, and phenyl phenyl sulfhydryl imidazole. The monofunctional thiol compound is particularly preferred in terms of stability over time and solubility in a solvent. The = balance between the growth rate of the polymerization and the chain transfer improves the curing speed. The thiol compound 3 ink in the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably in the form of G.5 to 1 G% by mass of the total solid content of the photosensitive resin composition, and more preferably G. 5 to 5 mass% of the thermosetting resin The color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition used for the fluorination may contain a thermosetting resin such as yttrium oxide or oxetane resin as needed. Examples of the epoxy resin include bisphenol A type, cresol novolak type, biphenyl 147900.doc 201126269 type, and alicyclic epoxy compound. For example, as the bisphenol A type, there are mentioned: 卩(^〇1^〇丫0-115, 丫0-118T 'YD-127 ' YD-128 &gt; YD-134 ' YD-8125 ' YD-7011R, ZX -1059, YDF-8170, YDF-170, etc. (the above are manufactured by Tohto Kasei), Denacol EX-1101, EX-1102, EX-1103, etc. (the above are manufactured by Nagase Kasei), Placcel GL-61, GL-62, G101, G102 (the above is manufactured by Daicel Chemical)' can also be exemplified by similar bisphenol p type and double brewed S type. Epcryl 3700, 3701, 600 (above, manufactured by Daicel UCB) can also be used. Examples of the cresol phenolic varnish type include Epotohto YDPN-638, YDPN-701, YDPN-702, YDPN-703, YDPN-704 (the above are manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and Denacol EM-125 (the above is long).濑化成制造); as the biphenyl type, 3, 5, 3, 5, _tetradecyl _4, 4, diglycidylbiphenyl, etc. may be mentioned. As the alicyclic epoxy compound, a Ceii〇xide 2021, 2081, 2083, 2085, Epolead GT-301, GT-302, GT-401, GT-403, EHPE-3150 (above manufactured by Daicel Chemical), Sun T〇ht〇ST-3000, ST_4000, ST_5 〇8〇, ST_51〇〇, etc. (the above is manufactured by Toho Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. Ep〇t〇ht〇γΗ_ 434, YH-434L, and bisphenolphthalein type epoxy resin can be used as the amine type epoxy resin. A glycidyl ester modified by a dimer acid, etc. Among the epoxy resins, a novolak type epoxy compound, an alicyclic type oxygen compound, and preferably an epoxy equivalent of 18 〇 25 25 As a raw material, 'Epiclon Ν·66〇, ν_67〇, ν_680, Ν_ 147900.doc -72- 201126269 690, YDCN-704L (above DIC), EHpE315〇 (Daicel Chemical) As an oxetane resin, you can use Ar〇n 〇xetane 〇χτ_1〇ι, ΟΧΤ-121 &gt; ΟΧΤ-211 ^ ΟΧΤ-221 ' ΟΧΤ-212 ' ΟΧΤ-610 ' OX-SQ, ΡΝ〇χ ( The above is manufactured by East Asia Synthetic.) The oxetane resin can be used alone or in combination with an acrylic copolymer, an epoxy resin or a maleimide resin. In particular, when used in combination with an epoxy resin, the heat generated by ultraviolet laser exposure makes the reaction higher, and is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to the substrate. The content of the epoxy resin and the oxetane resin of the present invention in the colored photosensitive resin composition is preferably from 5% to 15% by mass based on the total solid content of the colored photosensitive resin composition. From the viewpoint of the solubility in the alkali and the adhesion to the substrate, it is preferably from 1 to 10% by mass. (Solvent) The colored photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention can be usually produced by using a solvent. Further, the above pigment dispersion composition is also prepared using a solvent. The solvent may, for example, be an ester such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl decanoate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate or isopropyl butyrate. Ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, alkyl esters, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, hydroxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyl glycolate, decyloxyacetate, decyloxyacetate Vinegar, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxylate, and methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. Ester 147900.doc -73· 201126269 Classes (eg methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, decyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate Ethyl 2-oxopropionate such as methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate or propyl 2-oxypropionate (eg 2-methoxypropionic acid) Ester, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2-yl-2-yl Ethyl propyl propionate, ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate, 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionic acid Ester, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc., and methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, 2-oxygen Ethyl butyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, etc.; _, such as diethylene glycol dimethyl shunt, tetrahydrogen.夫南, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl sarbuta acetate, ethyl sirolimus acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl test, two ethylene Alcohol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate vinegar, propylene glycol propyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol diethyl bond, diethylene Alcohol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol n-propyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol n-butyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol phenyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate 'dipropylene glycol n-propyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol n-butyl ether acetate, tripropylene glycol single N-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc.; acetic acid alkoxyalkyl esters, such as 3-decyloxybutyl acetate, 4-methoxybutyrate acetate, 2-methyl-3-acetate曱oxybutyl ester, acetic acid 3·mercapto_3_methoxybutyl ester, 3-mercapto-3-oxobutyl butyl acetate, acetic acid 2_ethoxybutyl 147900.doc -74· 201126269 ester' Acetic acid G emulsion Butyl ester, 2-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methoxypenta-acetate 4-foxypentanyl, ethyl 3-methyl-2-methyl peroxide, acetic acid 3-methyl某1田# # , 丞-3-mercapto pentyl ester, acetic acid 3·methyl _4 • methoxypentyl ester, etc.; ketone 1 from, _ q such as acetone, mercapto ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol decyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl bond, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, two Toluene, etc. The calculation of φ A 'is suitable for 3-ethoxymethyl propionate, 3-ethoxyethyl oxime ethyl succinate acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetonitrile Butyl ester, 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol decyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether An acid ester, propylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxyoxybutyl vinegar acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, and the like. The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. (Organic carboxylic acid) An organic carboxylic acid may be added to promote the developability of the colored photosensitive resin composition in order to promote the alkali solubility of the uncured portion, and a low molecular weight organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less is preferable. Specific examples thereof include aliphatic monocarboxylic acids such as capric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, diethylacetic acid, heptanoic acid, and caprylic acid; oxalic acid and propylene; Acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, tridecanedioic acid, methylmalonic acid, ethylmalonic acid, dimercapto Malonic acid, methyl succinic acid, tetradecyl succinic acid, citraconic acid and other fats 147900.doc -75- 201126269 Group dicarboxylic acid; 1'2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid, aconitic acid, camphoric acid Aliphatic tricarboxylic acid; benzoic acid 'toluic acid, small formic acid, 2,5 • dimethyl benzoic acid and other aromatic mono- ortho-phthalic acid, stupid Erman, stupid tricarboxylic acid, homobenzene Aromatic poly(tetra), trisodium decanoic acid, 1,2,3,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid, etc.; phenyl-acetic acid, phenoxyacetic acid, methoxyphenoxy Acetic acid, hydrogen atropic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, phenyl succinic acid, atopic acid, cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid, cinnamic acid, phenyl allyl acetic acid, coumaric acid, umbrella acid Other carboxylic acids. (Cerane coupling agent) A decane coupling agent can be used for the coloring photosensitive resin composition used in the present invention from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion to the substrate. The decane coupling agent preferably has an alkoxyalkyl group as a hydrolyzable group which can be chemically bonded to an inorganic material. Further, it is preferred to have a group which exhibits an affinity with an organic resin or forms a bond, and as such a group, it preferably has a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, or a glycidyl group. Or oxetanyl, especially preferably having a (meth) acrylonitrile group or a glycidyl group. In other words, the decane coupling agent used in the present invention is preferably a compound having an alkoxy group and a (meth) acryl fluorenyl group or an epoxy group, and specific examples thereof include (meth) propylene having the following structure. A mercapto-trimethoxydecane compound 'condensed' hydroglyceryl-trimethoxydecane compound or the like. 147900.doc -76· 201126269 Ο [Chemical Formula 15] (^&gt;^sO/N^Si(OCH3)3 The coloring photosensitive resin used in the present invention as an additive amount when a decane coupling agent is used The total solid content of the composition is preferably in the range of 〇2% by mass to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 〇5% by mass to 3% by mass. (Polymerization inhibitor) - I. In order to prevent unwanted polymerization of the polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compound, it is desirable to add a small amount of thermal polymerization inhibitor. : It can be used in the thermal polymerization inhibitor of the present invention. It can be exemplified: p-Benzene has its p-methoxybenzene age, di-tert-butyl (tetra), o-benzotriene, and: butyl-butyr dioxin. Λ '♦ί *θ )), 22, - Kun, 4,4,-thiobis(3-mercapto-6-t-butylphenyl)-methylenebis(4-methyl-based third basally amine oxime (m) salt, morphine (iv) for basic thermal polymerization inhibition Preferably, the amount of the agent is _ mass%~=^ for the coloring photosensitive resin composition, causing polymerization inhibition, and adding: two 'as needed to prevent the gas by acid or acid 147900.doc • 77. 201126269 higher fatty acid derivatives, etc., which are biased on the surface of the photosensitive layer during the drying process after coating. The amount of the fatty acid derivative added is preferably coloring sensitivity. In the present invention, an inorganic filler or a plasticizer may be added in order to improve the physical properties of the colored photosensitive resin composition, as in the case of the resin composition. The plasticizer 'for example, dioctyl phthalate, di-dodecyl phthalate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, dimethyl glycol phthalate, phosphoric acid The phenyl ester, dioctyl adipate, dibutyl sebacate, and diethyl glycerin may be added in an amount of 10% by mass or less based on the total mass of the (B) polymerizable compound and the (D) resin. By using the above-mentioned components, the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention is hardened by high-sensitivity by exposure to ultraviolet light, and exhibits adhesion to the substrate. Further, due to high sensitivity Forming a film, so by ultraviolet laser The output of the exposure can also maintain the smoothness of the surface. Therefore, the colored photosensitive resin composition containing the above various components is suitable for the method of the present invention, and can be preferably used for forming a color filter of a color filter. Method for Producing Color Filters&gt; The colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser exposure of the present invention and the pattern forming method are suitable for color filters for liquid crystal display devices. Hereinafter, the ultraviolet light exposure for the present invention is colored for exposure. The photosensitive resin composition and the pattern forming method are described as a composition for forming a colored pattern in a method for producing a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, and a method for forming the same. However, the present invention is not limited to the case of 147900.doc-78-201126269. this method. It can be produced by using a colored photosensitive resin composition to form a colored pattern on a light-transmitting substrate, and other steps can be provided as needed. The pattern forming method of the present invention is characterized by the step of forming a layer containing a coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet light irradiation on a base plate = 'exposure by ultraviolet light exposure, and exposing an exposed area a curing exposure step of the ultraviolet light laser containing at least (A) a colorant, (B) a polymerizable compound, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, (1)) a resin, and (E) an interface The active agent, and the (D) resin contains "mol% to 90 mol% selected from (1)") structural unit represented by the formula (1) and (D-2) contains N-substituted mala At least one structural unit of the group consisting of the structural units of the imine group, and the structural unit having an acidic group has a weight average molecular weight of (7) (9) (7) (9) (10); and a developing step of removing the unexposed regions. The pattern forming method of the present invention has an exposure step of being exposed to a pattern by ultraviolet laser. It is presumed that the principle is to cause (c) a photopolymerization initiator to generate a starting species by the exposure step in the pattern-like exposed region of the photosensitive resin composition, and to initiate and carry out (B) by the starting species. Polymerization. The polymerization hardening reaction of the compound, while the heat generated by the ultraviolet laser exposure causes the allyl or N-substituted maleidinium group present in the molecule of the (D) resin to be heated. The reaction is initiated and subjected to a hardening reaction to cause the exposed region to be 'thermal double hardened', thereby forming a pattern comprising a hardened region and an uncured region. After the exposure step, the development step may be carried out as needed to remove the uncured regions to form a pattern. 147900.doc -79- 201126269 [Exposure step] The exposure mode of the present invention uses an ultraviolet laser as a light source. Laser Department English Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of

Radiation(受激輻射光放大)之首字母。作為利用具有反轉 分佈之物質中發生之受激發射現象,並藉由光波之增幅、 振盪而製作出干涉性與指向性更強之單色光的振盪器及增 幅器、激發介質,有結晶、玻璃、液體、色素、氣體等, 可使用源自δ亥等介質之固體雷射、液體雷射、氣體雷射、 半導體雷射等公知之對紫外光具有振盪波長之雷射。其 中’就雷射之輸出及振盈波長之觀點而言,較佳為固體雷 射、氣體雷射。 關於可用於本發明之波長,就與著色感光性樹脂組合物 之感光波長一致的方面而言,較佳為波長在3〇〇 nm〜380 nm之範圍的紫外光雷射’更佳為波長在3〇〇 nrn〜360 nm之 範圍的紫外光雷射。 具體而言’尤其可適宜使用輸出較大,相對廉價之固體 雷射之Nd : YAG雷射之三次諧波(355 nm),或準分子雷射 之XeCl(308 nm)、XeF(353 nm)。 又’作為被曝光物(圖案)之曝光量,較佳為1 mJ/cm2〜 100 mJ/cm2之範圍,更佳為1 mJ/cm2〜50 mJ/cm2之範圍。 若曝光量在該範圍内,則於形成圖案之生產性方面較佳。 作為可用於本發明之曝光裝置’並無特別限制,作為市 售品’可使用EGIS(V Technology股份有限公司製造)或 DF2200G(大日本網屏股份有限公司製造)等。亦可適宜使 147900.doc -80- 201126269 用上述以外之裝置。 紫外光雷射,其光之平行度良好, 嗓先時可不使用遮罩 而進行圖案曝光,圖案形狀受輸出 定用遐罩 m , 〜狀、分佈影燮。 因此’就提高圖案之直線性方面而言, 曰 y π ^ 車χ佳為使用遮罩進 行圖案曝光。 [圖案形成方法] 本發明中,著色圖案可藉由如 .t 八形成·使用著色感 光性樹脂組合物,於透光性基板上形 ^ n a — 考色感光性樹脂組 。物層(者色感光性樹脂組合物層形成步驟),藉由紫外光 雷射,將上述著色感光性樹脂組合物層曝光為圖案狀(曝 光步驟)’對曝光後之上述著色感光性樹脂組合物層進行 顯影,除去未硬化區域(顯影步驟),視需要對經顯影之上 述著色感光性樹脂組合物層進行烘烤(烘烤步驟)。圖/案形 成方法中’除上述各步驟以外’亦可視需要進而設置預烘 烤步驟等其他步驟。 •著色感光性樹脂組合物層形成步驟_ 作為上述透光性基板(以下簡稱為「基板」),例如可列 舉.液晶顯示裝置等所使用之無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、 Pyrex(註冊商標)«、石英玻璃及於該等上附著透明導電 膜而成者,或固體攝像元件等所使用之光電轉換元件基 板。進而,亦可使用塑膠基板。該等基板上,可形成格子 狀等形狀之黑色矩陣,於格子之空隙部分形成著色圖案。 又,該等基板上,視需要亦可設置底塗層,以改良與上 部之層之密著性,防止物質之擴散,或者實現基板表面之 147900.doc 201126269 平一化就進—步發揮本發明之效果方面而言,基板較 為大型(邊長約為im以上)基板。 為於基板上形成著色感光性樹脂組合 應用如下賦予方法:狹縫塗佈、喷墨法、旋轉塗佈法流;: 塗佈、輕塗佈、網版印刷法等各種塗佈等。就精度與速度 之觀點而言’其中較佳為狹縫塗佈。 ^ ’亦可應用如下方法:藉由上述賦予方法預先予賦予 至I時支持體上’再將所形成之塗膜轉印至基板上的方 法。 關於轉印方法’本發明中亦可適宜使用:日本專利特開 2006-23696號公報之段落號[〇〇23]、[〇〇36]〜[〇〇51],或曰 本專利特開2006-47592號公報之段落號[〇〇96]〜[〇1〇8]中所 記載之作製方法。 關於著色感光性樹脂組合物層之厚度(例如塗佈厚度), 為了獲得充分之色再現區域,且獲得充分之面板之亮度, 較佳為以乾燥後之膜厚成為〇 5 〜3 〇 pm之方式形成該 層’更佳為1·5μηι〜2.5μιη。 -曝光步驟- 本發明之圖案形成方法中,係於曝光步驟中使用紫外光 雷射作為光源,對上述著色感光性樹脂組合物層進行曝 光。於該情形時,可經由遮罩進行圖案曝光,亦可將曝光 光之焦點聚焦而曝光為圖案狀。就圖案形狀之觀點而言, 較佳為使用遮罩進行曝光。較佳之照度、曝光量與上述相 同0 147900.doc 82- 201126269 -顯影步驟_ 顯影步驟係對曝光後之上述 行顯影。使曝光區域硬化為 感先性樹脂組合物層進 進行驗顯影處理,使上述曝光顯影處理中,藉由 部分)溶出至驗性水溶液= =射部分(未硬化 分,藉此形成圖案。 僅留下光硬化之部 作為顯影液,可使用有機驗性顯 或其混合液。 、知液或無機鹼性顯影液 影液所使用之驗性劑,例如可列舉:氫氧化納、 水=了、碳酸氫納1酸鈉、偏㈣鈉、氨 氧化—胺、-甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫 二二Γ;㈣、…°底〜^ 十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,較佳可使用: 水進行清洗(沖洗) 水將該等驗性化合物之濃度稀釋為0 001〜10質量%,較佳 為〇.〇1〜1質量。/。而成的鹼性水溶液。再者,於使用包含如 &amp;之m水溶㈣顯影液之情形時’通常於顯影後利用純 作為顯影溫度,較佳為2(rc〜35t,更佳為23t:〜3(rc。 顯影時間較佳為30秒〜12〇秒,更佳為4〇秒〜9〇秒。該等 中作為顯影溫度與顯影時間之較佳組合,例如可列舉: 溫度25。(:、50秒〜1〇〇秒,溫度30。〇、40秒〜80秒。 又’噴淋壓力較佳為〇·〇1 MPa〜0.5 MPa,更佳為〇·〇5 MPa〜0.3 MPa,更佳為〇·ι MPa〜0.3 MPa。藉由選擇該等條 件’可將圖案形成為矩形,或形成為錐形而任意地設計。 147900.doc • 83 - 201126269 -烘烤步驟_ 火、拷步驟係為了使著色感光性樹脂組合物完全硬化, #4· Λ- θ ^ •員景y之上述著色感光性樹脂組合物層進行烘烤。棋烤 方去可採用如下方式:使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環 式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續方式或者分 气對員衫、沖洗後之具有著色感光性樹脂組合物 層的基板進行加熱。 &gt;、 作為烘烤之條件,溫度較佳為150。(:〜260。(:,更佳為 18〇&lt;:〜26〇。(:,最佳為200。(:〜240£)(:。烘烤時間較佳為1〇分 鐘150分鐘,更佳為2〇分鐘〜12〇分鐘最佳為分鐘〜% 再者,於形成RGB3色相、遮光層等、複數種色相之 案時η*將著色感光性樹脂組合物層之形成、曝光 顯影、及烘烤之循環僅重複進行所需Μ目數,針對各色 進行著色感光性樹脂組合物層之形成、曝光、及顯3, 後對全部色相進行烘烤。藉此製備㈣包含所需色:之 色像素的彩色濾光片。 -其他步驟- 於曝光步驟之前,亦可為了將藉由塗佈等所形成之著 感光性樹脂組合物層乾燥,而設置預烘烤步驟。 著色感光性樹脂組合物層之、 60〇C~140〇C * ϋ.^Λ80°Γ 120°Γ 、' 溫度較佳」 更佳為80CC 1烘 〜300秒,更佳為80秒〜2〇〇秒。 ]权佳為3(Μ &lt;液晶顯示裝置&gt; 147900.doc • 84 - 201126269 液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片適合製作液晶顯示裝置使 用藉由本發明之圖案形成方法所作製之彩色濾光片的液晶 顯示裝置可顯示出高品質之圖像。 顯不裝置之定義或各顯示裝置之說明例如在「電子顯示 裝置(佐佐木昭夫著,(股份)工業調査會1990年發行)」、 「顯示裝置(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股份)平成元年發 行)」等中有記載。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如在「次 世代液晶顯示器技術(内田龍男編纂,(股份)工業調査會 1994年發行)」中有記載。可應用本發明之液晶顯示裝置 並無特別限制,例如可應用於上述「次世代液晶顯示器技 術」令所記載之各種方式之液晶顯示裝置。 液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片尤其可有效地用於彩色 TFT(thin_film transist〇r,薄膜電晶體)方式之液晶顯示裝 置。關於彩色TFT方式之液晶顯示裝置,例如在「彩^ TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股份)1996年發行)」中有記載。 此外,本發明亦可應用於IPS等橫向電場切換方式、 等像素分割方式等之視角經擴大之液晶顯示裝置,戋 STN、TN、VA、IPS、0CS、FFS、及 R_〇CB#。關於該等 方式’例如在「肛、潘、咖顯示器_技術與市場之最新 動向-(Toray Research Center調查研究部門2〇〇1年發行) 之43頁有記載。 」 液晶顯示裝置係由彩色濾光片、電極基板、偏光骐、位 相差膜、背光、間隔件、視角補償膜等各種部件所構成。 本發明之液晶顯示裝置用彩色濾光片可應用於由該等公知 147900.doc -85- 201126269 部件所構成之液晶顯示裝置。 關於該等部件,例如在「,94液晶顯示器周邊材料•化 學市場(島健太郎(股份)CMC 1994年發行)」、「2〇〇3液晶相 關市場之現狀與未來展望(下卷)(表良吉(股份)FujiThe first letter of Radiation (enhanced by stimulated radiation). As an oscillator, an amplifier, and an excitation medium that utilizes the phenomenon of stimulated emission occurring in a substance having a reversed distribution, and which produces a monochromatic light having stronger interference and directivity by the amplification and oscillation of light waves, there is crystallization. For glass, liquid, pigment, gas, etc., a solid laser having a oscillating wavelength to ultraviolet light, such as a solid laser, a liquid laser, a gas laser, or a semiconductor laser, which is derived from a medium such as δ hai can be used. In terms of the output of the laser and the wavelength of the oscillation, it is preferably a solid laser or a gas laser. With respect to the wavelength which can be used in the present invention, it is preferable that the ultraviolet light having a wavelength in the range of 3 〇〇 nm to 380 nm is better than the wavelength in terms of the wavelength of the photosensitive photosensitive resin composition. 3 〇〇nrn ~ 360 nm range of ultraviolet laser. Specifically, 'especially the third harmonic (355 nm) of the Nd:YAG laser with a relatively large output, the relatively inexpensive solid laser, or the XeCl (308 nm) and XeF (353 nm) of the excimer laser . Further, the exposure amount of the object to be exposed (pattern) is preferably in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . When the exposure amount is within this range, it is preferable in terms of productivity in pattern formation. The exposure apparatus which can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and as the commercially available product, EGIS (manufactured by V Technology Co., Ltd.) or DF2200G (manufactured by Dainippon Screen Co., Ltd.) or the like can be used. It is also suitable to use 147900.doc -80- 201126269 other than the above. In the ultraviolet laser, the parallelism of the light is good. The pattern can be exposed without using a mask at the first time, and the pattern shape is affected by the output mask m, ~ shape, and distribution. Therefore, in terms of improving the linearity of the pattern, 曰 y π ^ χ is better to use a mask for pattern exposure. [Pattern forming method] In the present invention, the colored pattern can be formed by forming a photosensitive resin group on the light-transmitting substrate by using a colored photosensitive resin composition. The color layer (the color photosensitive resin composition layer forming step) exposes the colored photosensitive resin composition layer into a pattern by an ultraviolet laser (exposure step) 'the coloring photosensitive resin combination after exposure The layer is developed to remove the uncured region (developing step), and the developed colored photosensitive resin composition layer is baked as necessary (baking step). In the drawing/file forming method, in addition to the above steps, other steps such as a pre-baking step may be further provided as needed. (Coloring photosensitive resin composition layer forming step _) The above-mentioned translucent substrate (hereinafter referred to as "substrate"), for example, an alkali-free glass, a soda glass, or a Pyrex (registered trademark) used in a liquid crystal display device, etc. A quartz glass and a photoelectric conversion element substrate used for attaching a transparent conductive film to the above, or a solid-state image sensor. Further, a plastic substrate can also be used. On the substrates, a black matrix having a lattice shape or the like can be formed, and a colored pattern is formed in the void portion of the lattice. Further, on the substrates, an undercoat layer may be provided as needed to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, to prevent diffusion of substances, or to realize the surface of the substrate by 147900.doc 201126269 In terms of the effect, the substrate is relatively large (the side length is about or more) of the substrate. In order to form a colored photosensitive resin composition on a substrate, the following application methods are applied: slit coating, inkjet method, and spin coating flow; various coatings such as coating, light coating, and screen printing. From the viewpoint of accuracy and speed, it is preferably slit coating. ^ ' The method of transferring the formed coating film onto the substrate by the above-mentioned imparting method in advance to the support of I can also be applied. The transfer method 'is also suitable for use in the present invention: Paragraph No. [〇〇23], [〇〇36]~[〇〇51] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-23696, or Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006 The method of production described in paragraphs [〇〇96]~[〇1〇8] of the '47592 publication. Regarding the thickness (for example, coating thickness) of the colored photosensitive resin composition layer, in order to obtain a sufficient color reproduction region and to obtain sufficient brightness of the panel, it is preferable that the film thickness after drying becomes 〇5 to 3 〇pm. The formation of the layer is more preferably from 1·5 μηι to 2.5 μιη. - Exposure step - In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the colored photosensitive resin composition layer is exposed by using an ultraviolet laser as a light source in the exposure step. In this case, the pattern exposure may be performed via a mask, or the focus of the exposure light may be focused and exposed to a pattern. From the viewpoint of the shape of the pattern, it is preferable to use a mask for exposure. The preferred illuminance and exposure are the same as above. 0 147900.doc 82- 201126269 -Developing step _ The developing step develops the above-mentioned lines after exposure. The exposed region is hardened into a layer of the photosensitive resin composition, and subjected to a development and development treatment to partially elute into the aqueous solution of the test solution in the above-mentioned exposure and development treatment = = shot portion (unhardened portion, thereby forming a pattern. As the developing solution, the organic curing property or a mixture thereof can be used as the developing solution. For example, sodium hydroxide or water can be used as the developer for use in the liquid solution of the liquid or inorganic alkaline developer. Sodium bicarbonate, sodium (tetra), ammoxidation-amine, -methylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, hydrogen dioxane; (d), ... ° bottom ~ ^ undecene and other organic basic compounds, Can be used: Washing with water (flushing) The concentration of the test compound is diluted to 0 001~10% by mass, preferably 〇.〇1~1 by mass. When using a water-soluble (iv) developer such as &amp;, 'usually using pure as development temperature after development, preferably 2 (rc~35t, more preferably 23t:~3 (rc. better development time) It is 30 seconds to 12 seconds, more preferably 4 seconds to 9 seconds. A preferred combination of degree and development time is, for example, a temperature of 25. (:, 50 seconds to 1 sec., temperature 30. 〇, 40 seconds to 80 seconds. Further, the spray pressure is preferably 〇·〇1 MPa~0.5 MPa, more preferably 〇·〇5 MPa~0.3 MPa, more preferably 〇·ι MPa~0.3 MPa. By selecting these conditions, the pattern can be formed into a rectangular shape or formed into a tapered shape and optionally Design: 147900.doc • 83 - 201126269 - Baking step _ fire and copying step in order to completely cure the colored photosensitive resin composition, #4· Λ - θ ^ • The above-mentioned colored photosensitive resin composition layer Baking can be carried out in the following manner: using a heating plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heating machine and other heating mechanisms, in a continuous manner or by gas to the shirt, after washing, coloring The substrate of the photosensitive resin composition layer is heated. &gt; As a baking condition, the temperature is preferably 150. (: ~260. (:, more preferably 18 〇 &lt;: 〜26 〇. (:, most Good for 200. (: ~240£) (:. Baking time is preferably 1 minute, 150 minutes, more preferably 2 Minutes to 12 minutes, preferably minutes to %. Further, in the case of forming RGB3 hue, light-shielding layer, or the like, a plurality of hue, η* will form a coloring photosensitive resin composition layer, exposure development, and baking cycle. Only the desired number of defects is repeated, and the formation, exposure, and display of the colored photosensitive resin composition layer are performed for each color, and then all the hue is baked. Thus, (4) color including the color of the desired color: Filter - Other Steps - Before the exposure step, a prebaking step may be provided in order to dry the photosensitive resin composition layer formed by coating or the like. The coloring photosensitive resin composition layer is 60 〇C~140 〇C* ϋ.^Λ80°Γ120°Γ, 'temperature is better'. More preferably 80CC 1 baking~300 seconds, more preferably 80 seconds~2〇 Leap second.权佳为3 (Μ &lt;liquid crystal display device&gt; 147900.doc • 84 - 201126269 color filter for liquid crystal display device is suitable for producing liquid crystal display device using color filter manufactured by the pattern forming method of the present invention The liquid crystal display device can display a high-quality image. The definition of the display device or the description of each display device is, for example, "Electronic display device (sasaki Sasaki, (Investigation) Industrial Research Association issued in 1990)", "Display device ( In the case of the liquid crystal display device, for example, in the next generation of liquid crystal display technology (the compilation of the next generation of liquid crystal display technology, the (Investigation) Industrial Research Association was issued in 1994). The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "Second Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology". Color filters for liquid crystal display devices. In particular, it can be effectively used in a liquid crystal display device of a color TFT (thin-film transistr) The liquid crystal display device of the color TFT type is described in, for example, "Color TFT LCD (issued by Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)." The present invention is also applicable to a horizontal electric field switching method such as IPS, and the like. A wide range of liquid crystal display devices, such as STN, TN, VA, IPS, 0CS, FFS, and R_〇CB#. For such methods, for example, in "anal, pan, coffee display, technology and market" The latest developments - (Toray Research Center survey and research department issued in 2002) are described on page 43. The liquid crystal display device consists of a color filter, an electrode substrate, a polarized beam, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle. A color filter for a liquid crystal display device of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device comprising the above-mentioned known components of 147900.doc-85-201126269. For such components, for example, 94 LCD Peripheral Materials • Chemical Market (Island Kentaro (share) CMC issued in 1994), "2〇〇3 LCD-related market status and future prospects (volume) ( Table Liangji (share) Fuji

Chimera Research Institute 2003年發行)」中有記載。 關於背光’在SID meeting Digest 1380(2005)(A. Konno et· al)、或月刊Display 2005年12月號之18〜24頁(島康 裕)、同上之25〜30頁(八木隆明)等中有記載。 將藉由本發明之圖案形成方法所作製之彩色濾光片用於 液晶顯示裝置’於與先前公知之冷陰極管之三波長管組合 時可貫現較高之對比度,進而藉由以紅、綠、藍之led光 源(rgb-led)作為背光,可提供亮度較高且色純度較高的 色彩再現性良好之液晶顯示裝置。 [貫施例] 以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要 不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下之實施例。再者,只要 無特別說明,則「份」為質量基準。 以下’揭示含有烯丙基之鹼可溶性樹脂之合成例。 (合成例1 :鹼可溶性樹脂i(例示化合物U)之合成) 於具備附帶攪拌翼之攪拌棒、回流冷卻管、溫度計的 200 mL三口燒瓶中添加丨·曱氧基_2_丙醇M g,於氮氣流流 下加熱至70°C。使用柱塞泵,以2 5小時於三口燒瓶内滴加 將甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯10.07 g、甲基丙烯酸193 g、作為聚 合起始劑之2,2,-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)〇·ΐ85 g溶解於卜 147900.doc -86 · 201126269 甲氧基-2-丙醇54 g而獲得的溶液。滴加完畢後,進而於 70°C下搜拌2小時。加熱完畢後’投入至水1 L中,進行再 沈澱。將析出物過濾後,進行真空乾燥,獲得9 g(產率 75%)之聚合物化合物。 稱取所獲得之聚合物0.01 g作為重量平均分子量之測定 試料’置於1 〇 mL容量瓶中’添加四氫。夫喃約8 mL,於室 溫下進行溶解後’將總量定容為1〇 mL〇使用凝膠滲透層 析儀(GPC)測定該溶液。結果,鹼可溶性樹脂丨(曱基丙稀 酸烯丙酯/曱基丙烯酸共聚物,莫耳比=8〇/2〇)之重量平均 分子量為35000。 [實施例1] (著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備) (顏料分散液1之製備) 藉由如下方式製備顏料分散液1。即,根據下述所記載 之組成,使用均質機以3,000 r.p.m·之旋轉數攪拌混合3小 時,製備混合溶液,進而利用使用〇丨mm(j)鍅珠之珠分散 機Ultra Apex Mill(壽工業公司製造)分散處理8小時。It is documented in the Chimera Research Institute in 2003). About the backlight 'in SID meeting Digest 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al), or monthly publication December 2005 issue number 18 to 24 pages (Island Kang Yu), ibid. 25 to 30 pages (Yamamu Longming), etc. There are records. The color filter produced by the pattern forming method of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device to achieve a high contrast ratio when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a conventionally known cold cathode tube, and further by red and green The blue LED light source (rgb-led) is used as a backlight to provide a liquid crystal display device having high brightness and high color purity with good color reproducibility. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the scope of the invention is not exceeded. In addition, "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified. Hereinafter, a synthesis example of an alkali-soluble resin containing an allyl group will be disclosed. (Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin i (exemplified compound U)) 丨·曱oxy-2-propanol M g was added to a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stirring bar with a stirring blade, a reflux cooling tube, and a thermometer. , heated to 70 ° C under a stream of nitrogen. Using a plunger pump, 10.07 g of allyl methacrylate, 193 g of methacrylic acid, and 2,2,-azobis (2,4- as a polymerization initiator) were added dropwise to a three-necked flask over 25 hours. Dimethyl valeronitrile) 〇·ΐ 85 g was dissolved in 147900.doc -86 · 201126269 methoxy-2-propanol 54 g obtained. After the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was further mixed at 70 ° C for 2 hours. After the completion of the heating, the mixture was poured into 1 L of water to carry out reprecipitation. After the precipitate was filtered, it was vacuum dried to obtain 9 g (yield: 75%) of a polymer compound. 0.01 g of the obtained polymer was weighed as a weight average molecular weight. The sample was placed in a 1 〇 mL volumetric flask to add tetrahydrogen. After about 8 mL of cumin, the solution was dissolved at room temperature, and the total volume was adjusted to 1 〇 mL. The solution was measured using a gel permeation analyzer (GPC). As a result, the weight-average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin hydrazine (allyl mercapto acrylate/mercaptoacrylic acid copolymer, molar ratio = 8 Å / 2 Torr) was 35,000. [Example 1] (Preparation of coloring photosensitive resin composition) (Preparation of pigment dispersion liquid 1) A pigment dispersion liquid 1 was prepared by the following manner. In other words, the mixture was stirred and mixed for 3 hours at a rotation number of 3,000 rpm using a homogenizer to prepare a mixed solution, and further used by a Apmm(j) bead bead disperser Ultra Apex Mill (Shou Industrial Co., Ltd.) Dismantled by the company for 8 hours.

• C.I.顏料藍 15:6 ,1 O.V • C·1.顏料紫23 〗.〇份 24部 63.2 份• C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 1 O.V • C·1. Pigment Violet 23 〗. 〇 24 parts 63.2 parts

Disperbyk 161 BYK Chemie公司製造(30〇/〇溶液) .丙一醇甲基醚乙酸酯(以下稱為PGMEA) 合計100份 (感光性樹脂組合物之製備) ; g所獲得之顏料分散液1中進一步添加以下组成之 147900.doc •87- 201126269 成分,進行攪拌混合,製備藍色(B)用感光性樹脂組合 物。 •鹼可溶性樹脂1(例示化合物1-1):曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯/甲 基丙烯酸共聚物,莫耳比=80/20,重量平均分子量=35000) 之20% PGMEA溶液 16.4份 •聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(日本化藥(股份) 製造,KAYARAD DPHA) 3.9份 •聚合性化合物:四經甲基甲烧四丙浠酸醋(新.中村化學 (股份)製造,NK ESTER A-T MMT) 0.69 份 •光聚合起始劑:化合物A(下述結構) 2.74份 •作為增感劑之單官能硫醇化合物SH-1 (下述結構)0.55份 •環氧化合物:(Daicel化學(股份)製造,EHPE3150) 0.60 份 •溶劑:丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯與3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯 (=80/20[質量比])之混合溶液 35.9份 •聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚 0.001份 •界面活性劑1 Megafac F-554(DIC公司製造) 0.02份 (像素之形成) 使用夾縫塗佈機(平田機工(股份),HC-6000),將著色感 光性樹脂組合物塗佈至無驗玻璃基板(Corning公司, 1737,55 0 mmx660 mm)之表面上,其後於90°C之潔淨烘 箱内預烘烤120秒,形成膜厚為2.0 μιη之塗膜。 繼而,使用EGIS(V Technology(股份),YAG雷射之三次 諧波(355 nm)、脈衝寬度6 ns)作為雷射曝光裝置,通過光 147900.doc •88- 201126269 mJ/cmz之脈衝20Disperbyk 161 BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. (30 〇 / 〇 solution). Propyl alcohol methyl ether acetate (hereinafter referred to as PGMEA) Total 100 parts (preparation of photosensitive resin composition); g obtained pigment dispersion 1 The 147900.doc •87-201126269 component of the following composition was further added, and the mixture was stirred and mixed to prepare a photosensitive resin composition for blue (B). • Alkali-soluble resin 1 (exemplified compound 1-1): allyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, molar ratio = 80/20, weight average molecular weight = 35000) 20% PGMEA solution 16.4 parts • Polymerizability Compound: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD DPHA) 3.9 parts • Polymerizable compound: Tetramethyl methacrylate tetraacetic acid vinegar (New. Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK ESTER AT MMT) 0.69 parts • Photopolymerization initiator: Compound A (structure described below) 2.74 parts • Monofunctional thiol compound SH-1 (the following structure) as a sensitizer 0.55 parts • Epoxy compound: (Daicel Chemistry ( Manufactured, EHPE3150) 0.60 parts • Solvent: 35.9 parts of a mixture of propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (=80/20 [mass ratio]) • Polymerization inhibitor: 0.001 parts of oxyphenol and a surfactant 1 Megafac F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.02 parts (formation of pixels) Coloring photosensitive resin composition using a nip coater (Hirata Machine Co., Ltd., HC-6000) Coated to a glass-free substrate (Corning, 1737) On the surface of 55 0 mm x 660 mm), it was pre-baked in a clean oven at 90 ° C for 120 seconds to form a coating film having a film thickness of 2.0 μm. Then, using EGIS (V Technology (share), YAG laser three harmonics (355 nm), pulse width 6 ns) as a laser exposure device, through the light 147900.doc •88- 201126269 mJ/cmz pulse 20

上形成藍色之條紋狀像素陣列。 罩對感光性樹脂組合物層表面照射約丨⑺ -人。其後,使用顯影裝置(日立高新技術公 [實施例2〜26、比較例1〜3] 除了於實施例1之著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備中,將 所使用之各材料變更為表丨所示以外,與實施例丨之著色感 光性樹脂組合物之製備同樣地進行,而製備各著色感光性 樹脂組合物。實施例2〜26及比較例中,作為著色劑, 係將C.I.顏料紫23之部分換為C.〗·顏料藍15:6,僅使用c丄 顏料藍1 5:6作為著色劑而製備著色感光性樹脂組合物。 使用各著色感光性樹脂組合物,與實施例丨之像素形成 同樣地形成實施例2〜26及比較例1〜3之像素陣列。 [實施例27] 除了於貫施例1之著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備中,將 鹼可溶性樹脂1之20% PGMEA溶液變更為例示化合物35 (N-苄基馬來醯亞胺/甲基丙烯酸共聚物,莫耳比=60/40, 重量平均分子量=18000)之20% PGMEA溶液以外,與實施 例1之著色感光性樹脂組合物之製備同樣地製備著色感光 147900.doc •89- 201126269 性樹脂組合物。 使用所獲得之著色感光性樹脂組合物,與實施例1之像 素形成同樣地形成實施例27之像素陣列。 [表1] 樹脂 著色劑 聚合性化合物 光聚合起 始劑 增感劑 例示化合物之 編號 5個以上 1〜4個 比率 實施例1 1-1 Blue/Violet =92/8 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例2 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例3 1-2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例4 1-3 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例5 1-1 B】ue=】00 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物D SH-1 實施例6 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物E SH-1 實施例7 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物F SH-1 實施例8 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物G SH-1 實施例9 1-2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A 無 實施例10 25 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例11 26 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例12 1-4 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例13 1-5 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例14 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA 無 100/0 化合物A SH-1 實施例15 1-1 Blue=100 無 ATMMT 0/100 化合物A SH-1 實施例16 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物B SH-1 實施例17 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物C SH-1 實施例18 1-6 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例19 1-7 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例20 31 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例21 32 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例22 33 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例23 34 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例24 22 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 -90- 147900.doc 201126269 實施例25 1-1 Blue=100 V#802 ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 實施例26 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA A-BPE-20 90/10 化合物A SH-1 實施例27 35 Blue/Violet =92/8 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 比較例1 比較化合物1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 比較例2 比較化合物2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 比較例3 比較化合物3 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 化合物A SH-1 表1之聚合性化合物之欄中,「5個以上」係指分子内具 有5個以上、1 5個以下之聚合性基的化合物,「1〜4」係指 分子内具有1個以上、4個以下之聚合性基的化合物’所謂 比率,表示分子内具有5個以上、1 5個以下之聚合性基的 化合物與具有1個以上、4以下之聚合性基的化合物之使用 量的質量比。單獨使用聚合性化合物之實施例14及15係分 別將未使用之聚合性化合物之部分換為使用之聚合性化合 物而製備著色感光性樹脂組合物。 DPHA係二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,使用曰本化藥製造之 商品名:KAYARAD DPHA,又,ATMMT係四羥甲基甲烷 四丙烯酸酯,使用新中村化學股份有限公司製造之商品 名:NK ESTER ATMMT。 比較化合物1係甲基丙烯酸苄酯與甲基丙烯酸之共聚物 (共聚合莫耳比為80:20、重量平均分子量為35000) ’比較 化合物2係曱基丙烯酸正丙酯與甲基丙烯酸之共聚物(共聚 合莫耳比為80:20、重量平均分子量為35000),比較化合物 3係曱基丙烯酸烯丙酯與甲基丙烯酸之共聚物(共聚合莫耳 比為40:60、重量平均分子量為35000)。 聚合性化合物之攔之V # 802係具有8個聚合性基之聚合 147900.doc •91 - 201126269 性化合物,使用大阪有機化學工業製造者。A-BPE-20係具 有2個聚合性基之聚合性化合物,使用新中村化學公司製 造之NK ESTER A-BPE-20。 以下,揭示表1所使用之化合物之結構。A blue striped pixel array is formed thereon. The cover irradiates the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer with about 丨(7)-person. Thereafter, a developing device was used (Hitachi Hi-Tech Co., Ltd. [Examples 2 to 26, Comparative Examples 1 to 3] In addition to the preparation of the coloring photosensitive resin composition of Example 1, the materials used were changed to the expressions. In the same manner as in the preparation of the colored photosensitive resin composition of Example ,, each of the colored photosensitive resin compositions was prepared. In Examples 2 to 26 and Comparative Examples, CI Pigment Violet was used as a coloring agent. Part 23 is replaced by C. 〖·Pigment Blue 15:6, and only the coloring photosensitive resin composition is prepared using c丄Pigment Blue 1 5:6 as a coloring agent. Each coloring photosensitive resin composition is used, and Example 丨The pixel arrays of Examples 2 to 26 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were formed in the same manner as in the case of the pixel formation. [Example 27] In addition to the preparation of the color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition of Example 1, the alkali-soluble resin 1 was used. The % PGMEA solution was changed to 20% of the PGMEA solution of the exemplified compound 35 (N-benzylmaleimide/methacrylic acid copolymer, molar ratio = 60/40, weight average molecular weight = 18,000), and Example 1 Preparation of colored photosensitive resin composition The coloring photosensitive 147900.doc •89-201126269 resin composition was prepared. The pixel array of Example 27 was formed in the same manner as the pixel formation of Example 1 using the obtained colored photosensitive resin composition. [Table 1] Resin Colorant Polymerizable Compound Photopolymerization Initiator Sensitizer Exemplary Compound No. 5 or More 1 to 4 Ratios Example 1 1-1 Blue/Violet = 92/8 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 2 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 3 1-2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 4 1-3 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 5 1-1 B] ue = 00 00 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound D SH-1 Example 6 1-1 Blue = 100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound E SH-1 Example 7 1 -1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound F SH-1 Example 8 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound G SH-1 Example 9 1-2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A None Example 10 25 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 11 26 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 12 1-4 Blue= 100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 13 1-5 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 14 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA No 100/0 Compound A SH-1 Implementation Example 15 1-1 Blue=100 No ATMMT 0/100 Compound A SH-1 Example 16 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound B SH-1 Example 17 1-1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/ 15 Compound C SH-1 Example 18 1-6 Blue = 100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 19 1-7 Blue = 100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 20 31 Blue= 100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 21 32 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 22 33 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 23 34 Blue =100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Example 24 22 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 -90- 147900.doc 201126269 Example 25 1-1 Blue=100 V#802 ATMMT 85 /15 Compound A SH-1 Example 26 1-1 Blue = 100 DPHA A-BPE-20 90/10 Compound A SH-1 Example 27 35 Blue/Violet = 92/8 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH- 1 Comparative Example 1 Comparative Compound 1 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Comparative Example 2 Comparative Compound 2 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Compound 3 Blue=100 DPHA ATMMT 85/15 Compound A SH-1 Polymerization of Table 1 In the column of the compound, "5 or more" means a compound having 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule, and "1 to 4" means a polymerization having 1 or more and 4 or less in the molecule. The ratio of the compound "the ratio" indicates the mass ratio of the compound having 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule to the amount of the compound having one or more polymerizable groups of 4 or less. In Examples 14 and 15 in which the polymerizable compound was used alone, a portion of the polymerizable compound which was not used was replaced with a polymerizable compound to be used, and a colored photosensitive resin composition was prepared. DPHA is a dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, which is manufactured by using a pharmaceutically acceptable chemical product: KAYARAD DPHA, and ATMMT is a tetramethylolethane tetraacrylate, which is manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: NK ESTER ATMMT. Comparative compound 1 is a copolymer of benzyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid (copolymerization molar ratio of 80:20, weight average molecular weight of 35000) 'Comparative compound 2 is copolymerization of n-propyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid (copolymerized molar ratio of 80:20, weight average molecular weight of 35,000), comparative compound 3 is a copolymer of allyl methacrylate and methacrylic acid (copolymerized molar ratio of 40:60, weight average molecular weight) It is 35000). The polymerizable compound is blocked by V # 802, which has 8 polymerizable groups. 147900.doc •91 - 201126269 The compound is manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry. A-BPE-20 was a polymerizable compound having two polymerizable groups, and NK ESTER A-BPE-20 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. was used. Hereinafter, the structure of the compound used in Table 1 is disclosed.

n=2 (85%) n=3(15%) n=4 (5%) V#802 [化 17] h^C^HC—C__0—CH2-CH2—0n=2 (85%) n=3(15%) n=4 (5%) V#802 [化17] h^C^HC—C__0—CH2-CH2—0

CH3 -o--ch2-ch2-oc—ch=ch2 δ m+n=17 A-BPE-20 [化 18]CH3 -o--ch2-ch2-oc-ch=ch2 δ m+n=17 A-BPE-20 [Chem. 18]

化合物ACompound A

SS

Br 147900.doc •92· 201126269Br 147900.doc •92· 201126269

化合物BCompound B

s 化合物cs compound c

〇 〇/、/\ /S〇 〇/, /\ /S

N^ 、〇〇人N^, 〇〇人

化合物D 〇 〇Compound D 〇 〇

//

NN

[化 19] 化合物E r\[Chemical 19] Compound E r\

N 147900.doc •93- 201126269N 147900.doc •93- 201126269

化合物FCompound F

n(ch2c〇2c2h5)2n(ch2c〇2c2h5)2

化合物GCompound G

SH-I αΝSH-I αΝ

SHSH

N 使用所獲得之各像素陣列進行下述之評價,將結果匯總 於表2。 (線寬感度之評價) 使用具有寬度為20 μηι之線與間隙的遮罩,將基板上之 感光性樹脂組合物層表面與遮罩之間隙(gap)設為200 μιη, 以20 mJ/cm2之曝光量形成線圖案,利用光學顯微鏡觀察 該線圖案,測定評價線寬。 A : 30 μηι以上 147900.doc •94· 201126269 B . 27 μπι以上、未達30 μιη C . 25 μηι以上、未達 27 μηι D :未達 25 μιη Ε.未形成圖案。或發生剝離而無法進行評價。 (直線性之評價) 使用具有寬度為20 μηι之線與間隙的遮罩,將基板上之 感光性樹脂組合物層表面與遮罩之間隙(gap)設為2〇〇 μηι, 以20 mJ/cm2之曝光量形成線圖案’利用光學顯微鏡(2〇〇 倍)觀察該線圖案’目測評價線寬之直線性(晃動狀況)。 評價基準 A :無晃動,亦無缺損,線筆直。 B:有數處晃動,線幾乎筆直。 C ·線左右晃動且產生2 μπι左右之線偏差。 D.線左右晃動且產生5卜爪左右之線偏差。 Ε ·未开&gt; 成圖案。或發生剝離而無法進行評價。 (耐熱性之評價) 將形成有像素之基板在240。〇之潔淨烘箱内追加烘烤6〇 分鐘,使用大塚電子(股份)製造之分光測光器McpD_2〇〇〇 對追加烘烤前後之顏色變化Myab)進行評價。此處,所 謂Ά,意指L*a*b*表色系之色差。利用色差(顏色變 化)ΔΕ* ab之值進行評價。 評價基準 5 . ΔΕ ab為〇以上、未達1.〇。 4.5 : ΔΕ'Ι)為 ΐ·〇以上、未達2 〇。 147900.doc -95- 201126269 4 : ΔΕ* ab為2.0以上、未達3.0。 3.5 : ΔΕ+ab 為 3.0 以上、未達 3.5。 3 : ΔΕ*αΙ)為 3.5以上、未達4.0。 2.5 : ΔΕ* ab為 4.0以上、未達 5.0。 2 : ΔΕ* ab為 5.0以上。 1 :有剝落,且ΔΕ* ab為5·0以上。 (綜合評價) 對線寬感度、直線性、耐熱性進行綜合評價。 評價基準 5 :非常優異。 4.5 :優異。 4 :通常使用無問題之水準。 3.5 :雖性能稍差但無問題之水準。 3 :通常使用之極限水準。 2.5 :稍低於極限,存在問題。 2 :性能不充分,無法使用。 1 :無法評價之水準。 [表2] 線寬感度 直線性 财熱性 綜合性能 實施例1 A A 4 4.5 實施例2 A A 5 5 實施例3 A A 5 5 實施例4 B A 5 4.5 實施例5 B〜C B 3.5 3.5 實施例6 B A 4 4 實施例7 B~C B 3.5 3.5 147900.doc -96- 201126269 實施例8 Β B 4 3.5 實施例9 Β A 5 4.5 實施例10 Β B 5 4 實施例11 Β B 5 3.5 實施例12 A B 5 4 實施例13 B A 4.5 4.5 實施例14 A B 5 4.5 實施例15 A A 5 5 實施例16 A A 5 5 實施例17 A A 5 5 實施例18 A A 5 5 實施例19 A A 5 5 實施例20 B A 5 4.5 實施例21 B B 5 3.5 實施例22 B A 5 4 實施例23 C C 5 3 實施例24 B C 5 3 實施例25 A B 4.5 4 實施例26 A A 4 4 實施例27 A B 4 4 比較例1 D E 1 1 比較例2 E E 2 1 比較例3 C C 2 2 由表2可知,使用本發明之著色感光性樹脂組合物的實 施例1〜27,其線寬感度較高,直線性及耐熱性優異。尤其 是,使用通式(Π)之光聚合起始劑的實施例1〜4、9〜27均線 寬感度較高,直線性及而ί熱性優異。 147900.doc 97-N The following evaluations were performed using each of the obtained pixel arrays, and the results are summarized in Table 2. (Evaluation of line width sensitivity) Using a mask having a line and a gap of 20 μηι, the gap between the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the substrate and the mask was set to 200 μm to 20 mJ/cm 2 . The exposure amount was a line pattern, and the line pattern was observed with an optical microscope, and the evaluation line width was measured. A : 30 μηι or more 147900.doc •94· 201126269 B . 27 μπι or more, less than 30 μιη C. 25 μηι or more, less than 27 μηι D : less than 25 μηη Ε. No pattern is formed. Or peeling occurs and evaluation cannot be performed. (Evaluation of Linearity) Using a mask having a line and a gap of 20 μηι, the gap between the surface of the photosensitive resin composition layer on the substrate and the mask was set to 2 μm, at 20 mJ/ The exposure amount of cm2 was formed into a line pattern 'The line pattern was observed by an optical microscope (2 times magnification) to visually evaluate the linearity (sloshing condition) of the line width. Evaluation criteria A: No sloshing, no defects, straight lines. B: There are several places shaking, and the line is almost straight. C • The line is shaken left and right and produces a line deviation of around 2 μπι. D. The line sways to the left and right and produces a line deviation of about 5 claws. Ε · Not open &gt; into a pattern. Or peeling occurs and evaluation cannot be performed. (Evaluation of heat resistance) The substrate on which the pixels were formed was 240. The baking oven was additionally baked for 6 minutes, and the spectrophotometer McpD_2 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used to evaluate the color change Myab before and after the additional baking. Here, the term "Ά" means the color difference of the L*a*b* color system. The evaluation was performed using the value of chromatic aberration (color change) ΔΕ* ab. Evaluation criteria 5. ΔΕ ab is above 〇, not up to 1.〇. 4.5 : ΔΕ'Ι) is more than ΐ·〇, less than 2〇. 147900.doc -95- 201126269 4 : ΔΕ* ab is 2.0 or more and less than 3.0. 3.5 : ΔΕ+ab is 3.0 or more and less than 3.5. 3 : ΔΕ*αΙ) is 3.5 or more and less than 4.0. 2.5 : ΔΕ* ab is 4.0 or more and less than 5.0. 2 : ΔΕ* ab is 5.0 or more. 1 : There is peeling, and ΔΕ* ab is 5.0 or more. (Comprehensive evaluation) Comprehensive evaluation of line width sensitivity, linearity, and heat resistance. Evaluation Criteria 5: Very good. 4.5: Excellent. 4: Usually use the level of no problem. 3.5: Although the performance is slightly poor but no problem. 3: The limit level usually used. 2.5: A little below the limit, there is a problem. 2: Performance is insufficient and cannot be used. 1 : Unqualified level. [Table 2] Line width sensitivity linearity and heat accumulation performance Example 1 AA 4 4.5 Example 2 AA 5 5 Example 3 AA 5 5 Example 4 BA 5 4.5 Example 5 B to CB 3.5 3.5 Example 6 BA 4 4 Example 7 B~CB 3.5 3.5 147900.doc -96- 201126269 Example 8 Β B 4 3.5 Example 9 Β A 5 4.5 Example 10 Β B 5 4 Example 11 Β B 5 3.5 Example 12 AB 5 4 Example 13 BA 4.5 4.5 Example 14 AB 5 4.5 Example 15 AA 5 5 Example 16 AA 5 5 Example 17 AA 5 5 Example 18 AA 5 5 Example 19 AA 5 5 Example 20 BA 5 4.5 Example 21 BB 5 3.5 Example 22 BA 5 4 Example 23 CC 5 3 Example 24 BC 5 3 Example 25 AB 4.5 4 Example 26 AA 4 4 Example 27 AB 4 4 Comparative Example 1 DE 1 1 Comparative Example 2 EE 2 1 Comparative Example 3 CC 2 2 As is apparent from Table 2, in Examples 1 to 27 in which the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention was used, the line width sensitivity was high, and the linearity and heat resistance were excellent. In particular, Examples 1 to 4 and 9 to 27 using the photopolymerization initiator of the formula (Π) have a high average width sensitivity, and are excellent in linearity and heat resistance. 147900.doc 97-

Claims (1)

201126269 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物,其至少含有 (A)著色劑、(B)聚合性化合物、(C)光聚合起始劑、(D) 樹脂、及(E)界面活性劑,上述(D)樹脂係分子内含有50 莫耳%〜90莫耳%之選自由(D-1)下述通式⑴所表示之結 構單元及(D-2)具有N位-取代馬來醯亞胺基之結構單元所 組成群中之至少1種結構單元、及具有酸性基之結構單 兀’且重量平均分子量在10000〜100000之範圍内者, [化1]201126269 VII. Patent Application Range: 1. A coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet light laser containing at least (A) a coloring agent, (B) a polymerizable compound, (C) a photopolymerization initiator, (D) The resin (E) surfactant, wherein the (D) resin contains 50 mol% to 90 mol% of a molecular unit selected from the group consisting of (D-1) represented by the following formula (1) and (D- 2) at least one structural unit of a group consisting of structural units having a N-substituted maleimine group, and a structural unit having an acidic group and having a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 100,000, [ 1] c-〇 ⑴ R4 R3 R1 〇~C—C—C _ I I I R5 R2C-〇 (1) R4 R3 R1 〇~C—C—C _ I I I R5 R2 、鹵素原子、 贫巴孰无性樹脂組合物,其 下述通式(II)所表示之化合 147900.doc 201126269 [化2] 〇 ο, a halogen atom, a barren resin composition, which is represented by the following formula (II) 147900.doc 201126269 [Chemical 2] 〇 ο 通式(II)中,R及X各自獨立表示一價取代基’ Α表示 二價有機基,Ar表示芳基;η為0〜5之整數;X存在複數 個時’複數個X各自獨立表示一價取代基,可相同亦可 不同。 3·如請求項1之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物,其 中上述(Β)聚合性化合物含有分子内含有5個以上、15個 以下之聚合性基的化合物與分子内含有1個以上、4個以 下之聚合性基的化合物。 4.如請求項1之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物,其 更含有(F)增感劑,該(F)增感劑為單官能硫醇化合物。 5·如請求項2之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物其 中上述通式(II)所表示之光聚合起始劑之含量相對於紫 外光雷射用著色感光性樹脂組合物中之全部固形物成分 1〇〇質量份而為5〜20質量份。 6. -種圖案形成方其具有如下步驟:於基板上形成包 ^如請求項!至5中任-項之紫外光雷射用著色感光性樹 脂組合物之層的步驟;利用紫外光雷射曝光為圖案狀, 使曝光區域硬化的曝光步驟;除去未曝光區域之顯影步 147900.doc 201126269 驟。 曝 以 如 步 製 7·如請求項6之圖案形成方法,其中上述紫外光雷射之 光波長在300 nm〜380 nm之範圍内。 8. 如請求項6之圖案形成方法,其中上述紫外光雷射係 20〜2000 Hz之頻率振盪之脈衝雷射。 、 9. -種彩色濾、光片之製造方法,其具有如下步驟:藉由 請求項6之圖案形成方法,於基板上形成著色圖案的 驟。 10. -種彩色濾光片’其係藉由如請求項9之製造方法而 造。 U•-種顯示裝置’其具備如請求項1〇之彩色據光片。 147900.doc 201126269 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:(無) (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式: ch2 cr6+ c=o R4 R3 R1 I | | o—c—c= I R5 R2 (I) 147900.docIn the formula (II), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent ', Α represents a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group; η is an integer of 0 to 5; when X is plural, 'multiple X' are independently represented The monovalent substituents may be the same or different. 3. The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet lasers according to claim 1, wherein the (Β) polymerizable compound contains a compound having 5 or more and 15 or less polymerizable groups in the molecule, and one molecule is contained in the molecule. The above four or less polymerizable group compounds. 4. The colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser irradiation according to claim 1, which further comprises (F) a sensitizer, wherein the (F) sensitizer is a monofunctional thiol compound. 5. The coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser irradiation according to claim 2, wherein the content of the photopolymerization initiator represented by the above formula (II) is relative to the coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser irradiation The solid content of all the components is 5 to 20 parts by mass. 6. A pattern forming method having the following steps: forming a package on the substrate, such as a request item! The step of the layer of the coloring photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser irradiation according to any one of the five items; the exposure step of curing the exposed region by ultraviolet laser exposure, and the development step of removing the unexposed area; Doc 201126269. The method of forming a pattern according to claim 6, wherein the wavelength of the ultraviolet light of the ultraviolet light is in the range of 300 nm to 380 nm. 8. The pattern forming method of claim 6, wherein the ultraviolet laser system has a pulsed laser that oscillates at a frequency of 20 to 2000 Hz. 9. A method of manufacturing a color filter or a light sheet, comprising the step of forming a colored pattern on a substrate by the pattern forming method of claim 6. 10. A color filter' which is produced by the manufacturing method of claim 9. A U-type display device 'has a color light film as claimed in claim 1'. 147900.doc 201126269 IV. Designated representative drawings: (1) The representative representative of the case is: (none) (2) The symbolic symbol of the representative figure is simple: 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the best indication of the characteristics of the invention. Chemical formula: ch2 cr6+ c=o R4 R3 R1 I | | o—c—c= I R5 R2 (I) 147900.doc
TW99133158A 2009-09-30 2010-09-29 Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same TW201126269A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009227606 2009-09-30
JP2010132956A JP2011095715A (en) 2009-09-30 2010-06-10 Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet ray laser, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing color filter, color filter, and display device including the color filter

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201126269A true TW201126269A (en) 2011-08-01

Family

ID=44112625

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99133158A TW201126269A (en) 2009-09-30 2010-09-29 Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2011095715A (en)
TW (1) TW201126269A (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109388024A (en) * 2017-08-14 2019-02-26 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, black matrix, pixel layer, protective film, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5505066B2 (en) * 2010-04-28 2014-05-28 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, interlayer insulating film of display element, protective film and spacer, and method for forming them
JP5121912B2 (en) * 2010-11-24 2013-01-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and display device including the same
JP2021179451A (en) * 2018-07-23 2021-11-18 Jsr株式会社 Color filter, liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method for color filter

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109388024A (en) * 2017-08-14 2019-02-26 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, black matrix, pixel layer, protective film, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
CN109388024B (en) * 2017-08-14 2023-02-28 奇美实业股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing the same, black matrix, pixel layer, protective film, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011095715A (en) 2011-05-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI559087B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of colored pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI495953B (en) Color photosensitive resin composition, method of forming a pattern, method of producing a color filter, and color filter and display device having the same
TWI519548B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same
JP5121912B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, and display device including the same
KR101821624B1 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, method for producing color filter, organic el liquid crystal display device, and color filter-forming kit
TWI543993B (en) Black curable composition, light-shielding color filter for a solid-state imaging device and method of producing the same, solid-state imaging device, wafer level lens, and camera module
TWI397768B (en) Colored photosensitive composition, color filter and method of producing thereof
TWI557188B (en) Colored photosensitive composition, color filter and method of manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI445769B (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same
TWI418599B (en) Pigment dispersion composition and color resist composition including the same and color filter using the same
TWI550028B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and producing method thereof, solid imaging element, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device and pigment
TWI553401B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing color filter, solid-state image sensor and liquid crystal display device
TWI657312B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter manufactured using the same and liquid crystal display device including the same
TW201443166A (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
TW201009498A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, method of forming pattern using ultraviolet laser, method of producing color filter using the pattern forming method, color filter, and display device
US11091644B2 (en) Method for producing colorant composition, and colorant composition, colorant dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device produced using same
TWI498386B (en) Pigment dispersion composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter, method of producing color filter, liquid crystal display device and solid-state image pickup element
CN111742016B (en) Colored resin composition
JP2011180306A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, and solid-state image pickup element
TW201205194A (en) Colored photocurable composition for color filter, color filter, method for producing color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TW201126269A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition for ultraviolet laser, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, color filter, and display device provided with the same
TWI245164B (en) Photocurable composition, color filter, and crystal display device
TW201039061A (en) Photosensitive composition, and color filter and display device using the same
TW201213336A (en) Colored curable composition, fabricating method of color filter, color filter, solid state imaging device, and liquid crystal display apparatus
TW200937120A (en) Dye-containing negative curable composition, color filter, method of producing the same, and solid-state image sensor